Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1966 f i ~ / ,~V r ~ , { . il ..s ~ r } ~ u . r ~ ~4 i. f { - 1 y ~ ~ '1 \ ry i n ~ ~j~} ~"X ~ sf,_ e g Performance Bond 527938 II OhCoregw Act.Pohlic Wert.) Bond No. Tres KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That, we, DURABUILDERS, INC.,P. 0. Box 6958 Fort Worth, Texas (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a cor- poration organized a-d existing under the laws of the State of Washington, with its principal office in the City of Seattle, (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CIT1f OF DENTON-TEXAS, a TEXAS HOICIPAL CORPORATION (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Four Hundred Sixteen Thousand, Two Hundred Eighty Four and no/lOO-------------------------------------------------------- Dollars, for the paymeut whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal leas entered into a certain • .tten contract with the Obligee, dated the 26th day of may 19 §,to including charge order 01, dated May 26th, 1966. Construction of a amity Building, Denton. Texas which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, TEIEREFORE, TIIF: CONDITION OF 1111S 04LIGATIO.N IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faith- fully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligati m shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, IfOt'EYER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civ- il Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, 1959, and all liabilities on this bond shall be de- tttmined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied At length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have ,;ned and sealed this instrument this 26th day of _ _ Mav 1961_ . DUTMUIL , IN . BY: Witness: 4 (it Individual of u m C,024y~ (Seal) Attest: (Seal) (Beal) (it l .«l prat eon Principal f GENERA INSURANCE OMPANY OP AMERICA Ry ` (Seal) ce Nowlin Attorney-i n-Fact !)till1 eie i POWER OF ATTORNEY i GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA Hess OHiee SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 11o........162.5......... KNOW ALL MEN MY THESE PRESENT& That she General Insurance Company of Amedes by ....Ea...Ea...JWGERT............. ......,.................................1rs Vice-Pnaideat, In pursuance of anaodty granted by Secdome 3 and 4, Article V. of Ike Dy-Luws of said Company, a copy of which secdens is bereso mmac►e4 does hereby rtomiaate, coaatisse sad appo~Rw w w a sow rtwntauruaa sow ww.a tr a a u tt a aunt tt~~ ►...Ciw » ~Q~T~,..AS.. Kt » r_~eIN~~E d•r^•~`.r•••NOWT,~lt••br~0i»..7.~..•$•~~•~AYLOR••Ir f!Oi.»ANdI...~IADDOY~...$-0=t}►..LTaS~tl.~»,Taxaia.a.su.z.--.:s -..»....»-.s..:.- Its Uue and lswfsl sttoney-ie-fact, to SO &a. eaena, seal mad deliver for and on. ice bebsU, zed as iu set mad deed sty and all bonds and ■oder sounds, In Its beASISa of Soaraateelss the fideut y of peens holding plsees of pubAc of private trust end the perloanance of Coe tracts odor &&a Insanace policies, sad esecudes and d■arasteelad boats at other andectakkds reaaited or pemitted Is ell acdoes or vaceediods, or by low te- 4uired or permitted. Ali sock banns and stdeneklags as aloreseid so be allied on bobaU of slit General Insurance Company of Ansedes and the corporate seal of the Company affixed Cheraw by either H. C. Nowlin or W. T. Nowlin or J. C. Nowlin or J. R. Taylor or Ann Maddox, individually. And the esecedoe of such bonds of ssdertakhss 1s pursuance of these presents shall be as bledisd silos said Company, as (ally sad amply, to all istests and purposes, ■o If Obey bad been dub executed and acknowledged by the regalady elected o8csts of the Company as Its Hose Office. Secede, Warhlagt M4 sat dale own proper petsoa• IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sold ...li.....i.t... ~et~ri R'~ _ ban hammer saboedbtd his sense and affixed the Capone Seal of the sold General lamutaace Company of Amedca ibis ................».......u....... c....»..................... _.._..23..., ...................da,.....»..~.....~Av ~.l........ 18.44....».... r? n H. E. 8 art i (SEAL) r STATE OF IIr#M GTON. V to a.Pn sldsot COUNTY OFAMO, `sat ........A.D. ' On this.. 13 ....................„....dry or.....APtX~~..........................4dwAemlo om...... befota she enbsedbs6 a Notary Pdf the State of • shing~s. is and lag alit Cooney of Kla~14 an d gaal(fled, 'r r ,..............Y f~ereneraFisannnce Cans0ant colts, to me personally known to be~be ladlvid+ul and oJfieeeiescdbed 114 dad who esecste S fa nsenR sod be ackjo necksed 4 execution of de sou, bdad b ! i/a dell awoan. deposetb and eddy skis 4t le seta Offices o aid sold, sad that the seal affixed So the recedia Imma neat is the Coe6peRe Seal of add Company, sea the mold corporate Slemi anors muck officer was dell anlaed and msbsftlbed to the said instrument a h Y WHEN 6JF at ►svteeden of said CogroMtieh. W91 I y hand add affixed my Official Seal she dal and year first above wdilm TESTM101j (SEAL) a Ieresato set m' LUARL)..»4A...AM } . P Nelary Public extracts hvoQ Lsws of the Genital Insurance Compsy N Americo, adopted February A. 1973, and amended April 27, 193D. ►1 ire Stockholderss "Article V. SE`ctba 3,-POWERS AND DUTIES OF PRESIDENT:.... He shall also have power sad authority to dasisaate individual seder appropriate titles who shop be authorized to execute on behalf of the Company fidelity and surety bonds and other docameNs of similar chanter leaved by the company Is the Coosa of Its basinea$ and who may also have asebority to attACh the official seal of the Cocopiay so ouch fidelity sad :-sty bonds sad docuests of like chagctes issued by the Company in the course of Its baslaeas." i "Article V, Section 4: POWERS AND DUTIFS OF VICE-PRESIDENT:....fo the abseaee of the Preddert, the Vice-Presidcot, or if more then one Vice-Presides, the Vieed?resideau is the order of their election shall perform the dudes of the President, subject to the direction of the Dowd of Directors. He shall also have power sod authority to desismase individenl coder appropriate titles who shall be asborised to esecate oat bebaH of the Company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of a similar character issued by the Company In the coarse of Its bsslaess dad who may also have aetboeity to attach the official seal of the Company to such fidelity and sarety hoods mad documents of like character Issued by the Cocoa pony In the course of Its buslaess." I,»» am.... E.». WGERT..»» Yke-Presleni of the General Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the fonsoiss Is a true copy of Sectleas 3 and 4, Article V, of the Hy-Laws of amid Company and is still In forte. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, t have bereento subscribed my same as Vice-PreeWeat sod affixed the Corpoeme Seal of the Gereral insarance Company of America, shis........ ? »..»....._....»day o!.».».»...... _A.D. 1964 (SEAL) (1410.4011...L.J.1.... Ni!!a.+F STATE OF WASHINGTON, Vlee-Pnsldent CCVHTY OF KIND, S..r».G.t»..511wa.F g......»............».»..» ..................»..».»..».»»».Aeaimant Secretary of the Gesetsl Isssrasce Conpsmy of America, 4o hereby eenlfp shut the foregoing Is a true copy of Secsloas 3 and 4, Article V. of the BrLswe of said Company, red is now In face; and I de herby certify that she above gad foregoing Power of Attorney Is a true cad sorted tool of ■ Power of Arts- ney, eseeuttd by said Genetal lasorance Cospaay of America, which is still in fell force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , have beeeaso set my head sod affixed the seal of said CoKs'rri me the City of Sesttlle, ehls» » » » .».»............»»~»dmyol..»»....». ».».»s!l}y.»» _.A.D.15.tfx.» » Asalatant Socmaey "14 21 VIA rarwtes to U.S.A. WWI Payment Bond Bond No. _ 527938 KNOW ALL M N BY THESE PRESENTS, That, %-c, DURABLIi_nFRS.e TNC,,,. n- R(lY 609A. Fort Worths Texas _ (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AIIERICA, a cor- tx ration organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, with its principal office in the City of Seattle, Washington (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto d~Deptoga Texas, a Texas Municipal Corporation (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the amount of Four Hundred Sixteen Thousand. Two hundred eighty Four and no/100-------------------------------------------------------------- Dollars, for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. IIIERFAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 26th day of- Wy 19 66, to wit: including change order No. I, dated May 26th, 1966 Construction of 4 C MMitr. Building, Denton Texas shish contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW. THEREFORE, THE C')NDITION OF Till'; OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a sub-contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, the a this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised ( ivi I Statutes of Texas as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, 1959, and Ali liabilities on this bond to all such ciaimants shall be determined in Accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 26th day of May 1916_ WRAB LDERB, INC. BY: l~ C~te~,., Seal nnc ipa GENERAL ZeANCE COMP OF AMERICA (Seal) By C. Nowlin Auaney•in-F'acc s^ 3.775 R 1 4163 .7;•~ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS ATA DOCUMENT A101 SEPT. ilia ED. THE STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT P r BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR p WHERE THE BASIS OF PAYMENT IS A e ` STIPULATED SUM THIS FORM TO aE USED ONLY WITH THE LATEST ED1T10N AIA DOCUMENT AHI, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT made this it. i_r day of May in the year Nineteen Hundred and 66 BY AND BETWEEN The City of Denton, Texas, a Texas Municipal Corporation, hereinafter called the Owner, and Dura Builders, Inc., a corporation authorized to do business in Texas, hereinafter called the Contractor, WITNESSETH, that the Owner and the Contractor for the considerations hereinafter named agree as fr Slows: ARTICLE L SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor shall furnish all of the materials and perform all of the work shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications entitled: mien inert tM anion deeeritMve of the Work as need as atker connect d"Vat'" e.) Denton Community Building for the CiJy of L'enton, Denton, Texas, prepared by: O'Neil Ford & Associates, Architects, 0 a r acting as and in these Contrrrt Documents entitled the Architect; and shall do everything requited by this Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, the Specifications and the Drawings. OWA'ER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT N AIA DOC. A191 SEPT. 1943 ED. P-41" PAGES O 3 N9 The Amerkan Institute of Arcliteu Y TAGS t '7 New York Ave NW., We.4ns9M, D.0. ARTICLE L TIME OF COMPLETION r The work to be performed under Ibis Contract shall be commenced and completed as follows: Itir*r 4wnt rtlri16tMo ad N INuI"tN bawds. it uf•l To be commenced on the date specified in the "Notice to Proceed", and work shall be substantially completed within three hundred (300) calendar days from such date, Sundays and Holidays included. APTICLE S. THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the performance of the Contract, subject to additions and deduc- tions provided therein, in current funds as follows: (auto bn tad lump am ..wrwt, rsit Irks. of bt►. w Aftwt .l i Five hundred sixty two thousand eight hundred and no/100 Dollaxs. ($562,800.00), which sum may be reduced or increased by proper change Order or Orders to any amount the parties hereto may agree upon, and such contract price may be reduced and decreased more than twenty five (25%)per cent, by Change order or orders, i should the parties so agree. ~i 1 • Where the quantities originally contemplated are so changed that application of :he agreed unit price to the quantity of work perforated is shown to create a hardship to the Owner or the Contractor, there shall be an equitable adjustment of the Contract to prevent such hardship. OMNBR•CONTRACTOR AGRS81t6NT X POOR PAGLE AIA DOG. AM s>GPT. IM XD. FAGV t , ARTICLE 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS s The Owner shall make payments on account of the Contract as provided therein, as follows: On or about the tenth (10th)day of each month ninety (90%) per cent of the value, based on the Contract prices of labor and materials incorporated in the work and ninety (90%) per cent of materials suitably stored at the site thereof or at some other location agreed upon in writing by the parties up to the first (let) day of that month, as estimated by the Architect, less tl:e aggregate of previous payments; and upon Substantial Completion of the entire work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety fiveper cent of the Contract price. (Isews Mm say Mwlaba mad* fw Uaklas N raraelas ve sessYal raulaei afar lRa work reaeiee • eerula sups of amaylatim) When the work is seventy-five (75%) per cent completed, the monthly payments shall thereafter be increaaed to ninety-five ` (99%) per cent of labor and materials incorporated in the work from the first day of that month. ARTICLE S. ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT Final payment shall be due f if teen (15) days after Substantial Completion of the work provided the work be then fully completed and the contract fully performed. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect shall promptly make such inspection, and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed he shall promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work provided for in this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and con- ditions thereof, and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said final certificate, is due and payable. Before issuance of final payment the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Architect that 4 payrolls, material bills, and o::1cr indebtedness connected with the work have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If after the work has been Substantially Completed, full completion thereof is materially de:ayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Architect so certifies, the Owner shall, upon certifica&e of the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completes and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. OwN3R-CONTRACTOR AOa3EIfENT ~ Pa" PAG3s AIA DOM AM 5377. Ilan 3a. PAOi a Article 6. The Contract Documents The General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the, Specifications and the Drawings, together with this Agreement, form the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated. The following is an enumeration of the Specifications and Draw- ings: A. Specifications dated March, 1966. 1. "The General Conditions of the Contract for the con- struction of Buildings", edition current on date of this instrument, as issued by the American Institute of Architects. I 2. The "Supplementary General Conditions (DiviA on 1) pages 1-1 thru 1-9 inclusive. 3. The "Special Conditions" (Division 2), pages 02-1 thru 2-10 inclusive. 40 Architectual Specifications, Divisions 3thru 26 inclusive. 5. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Specifications pages M-1 thru M-26 inclusive. 6. Electrical Work Specifications, pages E-1 thru E-18, inclusive. 7. Plumbing Specifications, pages P-1 thru P-23, inclusive. 81 Architectural drawings 1 thru 9 dated March 1, 1966. 9. Structural drawings 8-1 thru•S-6 dated March 1, 1966. 10. Mechanical drawings M-1 only dated March 3, 1966. ll. Electrical drawings E-1 thru E-5 dated March 3, 1966. 12. Plumbing drawings P-1 and P-2 dated March 3, 1966. 13. Addendum #1 dated March 28, 1966, consisting of pages 1 thru 7, with attached drawings 1 thru 4 dated March 28, 1966. Page 4 a 14, Addendum #2 dated March 31, 1966 consisting of 2 pages. 15. Letters from Architect to Contractor dated March 29, 1966, clarifying certain foundation details, including enclosure. 16. Letter from Architect to Contractor dated March 31, 1966, clarifying certain hardware requirements. 17. Contractor's Proposal dated April 5, 1966. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. ATTEST: DURA BUILDERS, INC., CONTRACTOR, BYs OFFICER OFFICE: CITY OF DENTON, OWNER BYs Warren Whitson,.Jr., Mayor ATTEST s Brooks Holt, City Secretary City of Denton, Texas APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: a 01 J 0. Barton, City Attorney - W' ty of Denton, Texas Page . 4A 4 t• CHANGE O ARCHi7ECT WNER ❑ 67 01 CONTRACTOR Q , ORDER FIELD OTHER _o DATE OF May 26, ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO. W f ISSUANCE: y ' 1966 PROJECT: Commu:.ity Building CHANGE ADDRESS: Denton, Texas One OWNER: Denton, Texas N ORDER NO: CONTRACTOR: Dura Builders, Iac. . X>f5>bK10>R CONTRACT FOR, General Construcl•.ion K1 DEDUCT: $ 146,0516.00 CONTRACT DATE: May 26 , 1966 TO. Dure Builders, Inc. CONTRACTOR You Are Authorized To Make The Following Changes In The Subject Contract: Modifications to contract documents as incorporated in the attached addendum No. three. 1+Ay 19, 1966 including all attachments thereto._ and further the Owner agrees to furnish the fullowiag electrical items 1 to the contractor: a A it No. 2 and larger ' V b Pa s buds, fuses sad starters ~T All ran ormers and equipment .tt Al elect is heaters and contactors complete with thermostats /c L' e' A duct ification required for installation of duct heaters • silatLon of primary service complete Tr sforr~r yad + Al aout~C'equigment (conduits for same to remain in contract) The Amount To The Contract Will Be (Decreased) By The Sum Of: • One Hundred Forty Six Thousand, Five Hundred Sixteen and 00/100 Dollars 146 , 516.00 ) Controct Total Including This Chan Order Will Be: Fro Frrr Dollars. Your Hundred Sixteen Thousane, Two Hundred^Four and 00/100 The Contract Period Will Be (I Unchanged): ($416a 284e 00) Days. > CONTRAG'O?'3 ACCEPTANCE: OWNER'S APPROVAL: ARCHITECT: a 9 Duna Builder9r, City of Texas O'Neil Ford & Associates BY. - - - BYr- - - - _ BY:- - - • DATEr_. _ 3'~!___tl~-~ I~ DATEG__ DATE: _-__,e,>jC fC7, C IA ORDER ///47 LLL ♦A 0" GI1o1 tC►T. I[[f EDITION ONL MDL C THE AMERICAN -N.TITUT[ OF ARCHITECT% .A'd 1 AIA 1! II]• KEW TCRR Avk WASHINGTON. D c. 1; IR.s a i - / r r .4i ts~ c i ~cn j C - AIN f i tNTE(lRITY USPONsI.nItr - - WA 7-5934 • WA 7.5201 - RACTORS 4001 S. EXPRESSWAY P. O. Box 685 FORT WORTH, TEXAS ROWLAND LAmrr, ARCFIIrscr P.O. Boer 6 DxmroN TaxAS RE:_ DZNrON CONNUNlrY BUILDINO DsHroN, Tama DATE : _ JUNa 14z 1966 TRANSMITTAL: wN9,16"191 FROM: DURA__Bast~DaRS, IN" 2 CoPZZS RACH CSRT MCAra OF ZYMANCS ON B• I P• D• AND _ - KC. I ►+l~n~cs. ____.___FoR YOUR INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .-APPROVED AS NOTED BY THE ARCHITECT -------DISAPPROVED, PLEASE RESUBMIT -T__-FOR YOUR FILES SPECIAL NOTE: Very truly yours, CAIN & CAIN WSLBURN BURNS r i fJ;~~s J!, CERTIFICATE OF J),A;) A Y INSURANCE 130 Taylor Street Fort Worth. Tuas 76103 I'o: THE CITY OF DENtONr TEXAS Insured: DURABUILDERS, INC. DEN'M , TEXAS P. 0. Box 6958 Fort Worth, Texas i This is to certify that policies of insurance as described below have been issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time. If such policies are canceled or changed during the periods of coverage as stated herein, in such a manner as to affect this certificate, the Company shall endeavor to give written notice to the. party designated for whom this certificate is issued. The insurance afforded is subject to all of the terms of the policy applicable thereto. Type of ln.ura"o Limit of Liability rely No, pefw log Workmen's Compensation and Statutory Employer's Liability in the State of Texas Bodily Injury Liability- s each person except Auto $ each accident Property Damoge Liability- $ each accident except Auto $ aggregate Bodily Injury Liability- $ 1000000. each person Automobile $ 3001,000. each accident GAC 772013 7/1/65 to 66 Property Damage Liability- $ SO1,000.e each accident Automobile =500. Ded. per Accident 1 Remarks: TfiE GENERAL INSURANCE CORPORATION Neese of frtrera HAROLD NOWLIN COMPANY AWAaire/ I epraert heh re 5/26/66 ~ art Date 4 M1.~ LlJ CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SM Taylor Street Pmt Worth, Texas 76107 To: TW CITY W Matm♦ 'EN Insured: BURMIIK Me D1Yft+ONs TEXAS Pe 0e Sax 69A6 Pest Wow, 10 fim This is to certify that policies of insurance as described below have been issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time. If such policies are canceled or changed during the periods of coverage as stated herein, in such a manner as to affect this certificate, the Company shall endeavor to give written notice to the party designated for whom this certificate is issued. The insurance afforded is subject to all of the terms of the policy applicable thereto. Type of I•wroace Limit of Liability Policy hie. Period Workmen's Compensation and Statutory Employer's Liability in the State of Texas Bodily Injury liability- $ each person except Auto $ each accident property Damage liability- $ each accident except Auto $ aggregate Bodily Injury Liability- $ 100pd00• each person Automobile $ 3O #Mo each accident am MIS 1/1/" to K Property Damage Liability- $ Ke00•16 each accident Automobile jjS0 o tde PI! A044ftt Remarks:L C~ Name of Intwor HAROLD NOWLIN COMPANY AWhorind A• »aMin j Date i `~J;~ I CERTIFICATE 1J ~~IVOF J~1~~E INSURANCE 1130 Taylor Slrset fad Worth, Teaes 76101 To: M CITY OF DOMO TEXAS Insured-DURABUILDERS, INC. Denton, Tsxas P, 0. Box 6958 Port Worth, Texas This is to certify that policies of insurance as described below have been issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time. If such policies are canceled or changed during the periods of coverage as stated herein, in such a manner as to affect this certificate, the Company shall endeavor to give written notice to the party designated for whom this certificate is issued. The insurp-ice afforded is subject to all of the terms of the policy applicable thereto. Tyne of lesurance tc■N ~etfaD1 001tiymy11 Polley Ne. 1erw Workmen's Compensation and ch L1 Employer's Liability In Employers ty the Slate of Texas Coverage B $1000000. DMM 2713097 /1/65 to 66 Bodily Injury Liability- $ 10000000 each person except Auto $ 300,000o each accident KSLG 2317099 /1/6S to bb Property Damage Liability-- $ 50,000. It each accident except Au*.* $ aggregate *$500,Dedagr aced. Bodily Injury Llubility- $ each person Automobile $ each accident Property Damage Liability- $ each accident Automobile Remarks: THE CHARTER OAK FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY THE TRAVELERS INDEWITY 001WAKY Name of lnrww HAROLD NOWLIN COMPANY Awberlsed lopossaWwo Date 5/26/66 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 130 Taylor Sired Port Woob. Texas 76102 1 To: M CM a MMNO Mo Insured: gUeAiy LDIM0 tW6 rl DaleIR, TOMW IN • 00 11" feet feline TOM$ This is to certify that policies of insurance as described below have been issued to the insured named above and nre in force at this time. If such policies are canceled or changed during the periods of coverage as stated herein, in such a manner as to affect this certificate, the Company shall endeavor to give written notice to the party designated for whom this certificate is issued. The insurance afforred is subject to all of the terms of the policy applicable thereto. typo of Insurance Limit of Lioba.ty Policy Ala. PaAW Workmen's Compensation and Sttjtt~ Employer's Liability In the State of Texas 'WirrMgM a two a IIIOIAI Zfll~l9 l/i~ K Bodily Injury Liability- $ 1000ma each person except Auto $ MI,M• each accident K Property Damage Liability- $ MaM.11110 each accident X3LQ 2317M 11/a to except Auto $ aggregate " AK. Bodily Injury Liability- $ each person I Automobile $ tach accident Property Damage Liability- $ each accident Automobile Remarks: M TMIAL #i DOMMMM MAN Name of Mower HAROLD NOWLIN COMPANY AutAerreesf Aepraenhffre eye ~'"~~~_____!"•~►<Lr. ~ Date OWNER THE CITY OF DENTON DENTON, TEXAS ' SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING FOR T11E CITY OF DENTON DENTON, TEXAS I i OINSIL FORD & ASSOOIATF,S ARCHITECTS 203 xoClurkan Building Denton, Texas ' 528 King William Street San Antonio, Texas O'Neil M o, F.A.I.A. Texas Reg. No. 331 FEIOENSPAN & PINNELL STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 1200 Sissonnet Hourton, Texas D. W. TORRY & ASSOCIATES MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 1 13,333 North Central Expressway , Dallas, Texas \ Y march 1966 1 1 ~ DATES MAR 2 8 1966 ~DDE~UM NO. _ 1 TO PLANS AND 6PECIFICATIOM 1'OR DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING ' 1'OR TIM CITY OF DENTON DEN'TON, TEXAS O'NEIL FORD h ASSOCIATES, ARCMTECTS ' 518 King William Stmt San Antonio, Texas 76144 ' ITEM NO. 1 - IMMS, VEMLAISM AIR AM O ' a. Bgft Pag-j M-15 of Specifiaaticas, Article 47-A-(6) C Pud: ' Panel shall include a potesrtiaaneter control to .mmany adjust fresh air damper position from a ndmimum to ma &wm position ' i. O. , for 109000 CZA max. to 1,000 elm min, No at the same time operate in parallel, 4 sets rwr& sl 41-01, x 11-01 dampers in air relief op.sdng at the top center of the roof over ' the auditorium. EM 1- E_LECMCA4 WO,-RK ' a. Rotas Shogt E-1 of Drawings Feeder to yard 7-1/1 hp duplex pump WwiU be 3 ► 6-3/4^ conduit. Delete Reference to diseot burial cable. ' be -Refer Sheet E-1 of Drawings The Contractor shall install a concrete pad for the utility connpW s pad mounted transformer. This pad shall conform to tbak revhwv salts. -1- ' The Contraetdr shall inls4 underground in conduit the sefvice conductors from the low voltage compartment of the pad mounted trap sform<<r to the main distribution equipment ' in the equipment room. ' The City of D>mton will hl.2tall thr kS KV serrice into the pad, and will make all connections inside the transformer, both low and high tension. The Contractor shall identify and mark ' all secondary leads inside the transformer low voltage compartment, i ' c. Re~ f ro Sleets E-2 and E-5 of Drawings Control brows "Al', "B" and "C" shell all contain a three way momentary center-off switch rated e, 10 amp for the motorised ' dimmer control. These switches shall be wired in parallel to the motorised dimmer control. Delete the fan way switch for the dimmer controlo d. aR f ' Sheet E-3 of the Drawings Change fbetity type,! D, to a porcelain socket with chain and ` cord Bryant 15186. L~ ~ e. Re ;Page E4 of 8peoifieationc, Article 4-6(1) - Installation and Material Specifications This section shall be changed to read as follows: All conduit installed in concrete or underground shall be standard heavy wall rigid galvanised type and shell have screwed couplings ' and fittings. No thin wall (EMT) conduit shall be installed in concrete or underground. All conduit 1-:01 in size and larger shall have screwed eoupHgjs and fittings. smaller sizes not installed in concrete or underground shall have compression type fittings or screwed couplings and fittings. to Refers Page E-3 of Specifications, Article 4-A(8) Delete Ye Y:.t y 11' r - ' g. Refegr Page E-4 of Specifications, Article 4-A(9) ' Change to read) Neoptens jacketed fiexhAs steel conduit shall be used both for ' inside and outside cgnnections to extend conduit connections to motors# unit heaters, motor driven equipment, fbctures, fboad equiprwkb and the like. All connections shall be at ' least 18" long but no longer than 4&'. Fittings for jacketed flexible steel conduit shall be compression type, suitable for the purpose. ' h. Refers Page E-4 of Specifications, Article 4-A(1S) ' Add; All bmW conduit located outside Om building pacopsar "be ' buried at a depth of 42 inches below Pbdshed grade. L Refs, air Pale E-$ of Specifications, Article 4-1(4) ' Delete ' i. R,t£M: Page E-9 of 8pecificatia:., Article 4-3 (6) ChanwSkatchlock" to read'tSiootchlole'. k. Refer Page E-9 of Specifications, Article S-A(3) ' Delete reference to "concealed trim clamps" and in its place "indicating adjustable trim clamps" ' 1. Refert Page E-9 of Specifications, Article 5-A(4) CZ ' Delete "type KA" and in its place substitut: 1A" M Rem fer: Page E.%10 of Specifications, Article S-A(7) ' Add "or evaluated equa , to the last phrase. ' no Re Page E-10 of Specifications, Article S-C(4) Add "oar evaluated equal" to the last phrase. -3- ti. 5 t o. Page Eop30 of Specifications, Article S-D(1) a,b,c,d,e, Voltages shall be 480 volt instead of 440 p. Retort Page E-11 of Specifications, Article S-D(3) d All duct fiesta's built-in magnatic contactors shall be heavy duty, tungsten-ratedi relay type will not be acceptable. Contactors shall be rated to carry 60 anV contieanously without overheating. q. Rota; Page E-11 of Specifications, Article 5-D,(3) e Voltage shall be 480 to 120 volts, r. RsfgM Page E-18 of Specifications, Article "(2) Change first phrase of the first sentence to read: J?inctwes type it All 0 nen1 11019 -1Tye0 "E", and "F" are special oerannic fbctvm - s. Rg,~r , Pap EriB of Specificatlmw add Article "(31 t The Contractor shall fandsh plaster franws for every recessed fbcture as svq dyed by the type of building construction. All harors, bolts, hardware, and appuortennsenaes rsgndnrsrl for a proper and conVlete installation shall be foivndrlnoo. All fixtures shall be furnished with lamps as indicated on the 3rawbngs. to RotUs Page E-18 of Specifications, Article $-H Change paragraph to read as followar Main switchboard shall be equal to Square D QMD style type having switch units as called fee. The main witch shall be equal to "Butt-Lock" switch with XRP-C type fuses. The branch switchas shall be equal to QMB type. The switchboard shall be lees standing. The bus bar shall be based on 1000 awvl inch, and the switchboard s?sail be constructed acemlial to MEMA standards and UL. Th s Coertract+oa! shalt fu.-enish &U Evsss as shown and such fuses shall be dual sla a nt *rid all of one nwwfactursr. 4s -4- j ' EM NO P UMffi a. Retferi Page P-22 of Specifications, Article 38-A(1 an3 2) Amend to road! (1) Water Heater No. 1 shall have heater elsAwnts ' 2-7-1/2 KW steps. (2) water Heater No. 2 shall have 3 heater elen+ents with ' 3-30KW steps. Water Heater No. 2 is 480 volts, 3 phase. Not 280 volts (typographicd error). Both heaters to be wjpplied with contactors furnished ly heater Manufacturer. a ` FAMAJ - INFORMATION'iM B3DDERg t a. Refarl Palo 4 of Specifications, Paragraph 8 Delatis " ~igdda~rdams~ss" ITEM MSS - MASO R1 ' a. Refer: Page 501 of Specifications, Article 5-3(b) ' Change brick allowance from 160.00 to +7J.00 per thousand wilts ITEM NO. 6 - ROOF DECK. WOOD a. Reeferi Page 8-1 of. Specifications, Article 8-2(a) Change 'Douglas Fir" to White Fir be Refers Page 8-1 of Specifications, Article 8-2(b) ' Amend to read: All wood deck and secondary framing members shall be treated with "Non-Com" fire protective treatment as produced by the Koppers Company, Inc. (Laminated beams shall not be "Non-Com" treated). -5- r 1 Lit- ' ITEM NO. 7 - CLAY AND CERAMIC TILE ' as Refers 'hoot 9 of Architectural Drawings, Detail 31 ' Method of placing ceramic tile on brick wall. Use acceptable (mint. 7/811) mortar setting bed. ' ITEM NO. 8 - STRUCTURAL a, Refer; Sheet 8-2 of Structural Drawings, Section G-2: ' Beam below basement wall is IV by 30" with 2-07 bars continuous top and bottom and #►3 ties at 241, on center. ' b. fer: Sheet S-3 of Structural Drawings, Section N-3 Beam is 12" by 30' with 2-#6 barb top and bottom; #3 ties at w 24" centers. Section U-3: Beam is AD-1 kA,y ce Re es Sheet LuS of Structural Urmiags: (1) Do A-Ss Delete t:sritbtsckles and change 11, egos k et plate detail to that shown in REVISED SECTION C-S. (2) Section C-S: Change to REVISED SECTION CA Noto that 2" pipe struts have changed to 5/16" diam. strand or wire ' rope. (3) Suspended Roof Notes: Omit SRI, SR2, SR3, SR4, and SRS. i' Refer to RE4,1SED SUSPENDED ROOF NOTES on attached sheet REV-S-S. d. Refer: Shoot S-6 of Structural Drawings: Beam Schedule: Beams GB19 MBi and N131 have a content 12" ' width. at Refer: Division 26 of Specifications: Change Item 5, 6, and 7 to read as follows: ' Apply sty-ess to strands gradually and evenly to prevent k' 4` -P r 4. warping of compression sing and to facilitate alignment and trwing of !rob and strand profile. Begin tensioning by turning nut at tension ringsp following this with a pair of calibrated lacks. Stress two upper strands, each dianwarically opposites then stress the two corresponding lower strands. Continue in this manners following STRAND TENIXONNO IMMOMME detailed on sheet REV-S-S until each of five complete stressi."S stages have been completed and all strands are within S% of thou specified final stress level. Recheck strand tension aril strand profile after all dead loads have been added and malts stress level adjustments as required by Enghwer. Number strands and I' record stress level and strand profile during all phases of tensioning. Promptly forward copies of these data to Engineer for evaluation and review. Coordinate all details with Eagiu m f. HM Root suspension cables and on =dW by the ftisscon Corporation. 3VO W Molas 010. E305, Houston. Tom is aoneptabls. u' Y~ pp* t. M v I , ~'r Y to ~t 44 ~~M ww. ICI jGF14J ar~+4r, ~ ;,+~r+ wo .00" poor M.Mv lip, tW &)4 1• 1 `1fEEV ~ ~Q~M IJ,a ~3 R I 1 ~MEE~IIJCs ~M No. Nvrl:: tDOl~i~.lP+.• DIMC~.K,101JS' ~~t.E 0 ~Rc ~ ~ RPDI I ~'J FLI.11 ~sMGP y~~ X,\~ ~SGG ~jH, NQ G-Id>?G+'I, Gµ+Ci+S,~ M ' f f~F t i Unvy La 6*H Lrl u.. s 1 . 1 CA4&f Ti Lop, CAr7 v'W►N1S 'TRIM RfP009 err Pk* DKlc.+e- LA4 e.~ FD1 ~fZ~F~'~G ~fEG. Sr1owN W~~-~- GoP~N_G ' __._.rs==~•!-~a~iR'ir,.+rmcax ~c+y.~se~xe- ••:xr.~a--~ _.-i~r. r~~ /Ilk G) PUM PRAVAOCIA7 R~t~►IN~N0 -tiH, 2 °F~ ~ot'~dN~~. r ieN~,IdN dAt~► 7o RooM ?.03 1 1 1 y I MAR 3 1 1*6 ADDENDUM NO 2 ' TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 3 c b RECD IPA FOR ' f_:rcudr~ f'.xecubr. DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING con-Xr1. ' FOR Acm THE CITY OF DENTON DENTON, TEXAS O'NEIL FORD & ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS ' 528 King William Street SanAntonio, Texas 78204 ITEM NO. 1- STRUCTURAL ' as Refer: Sheet S-j1 of Structural Drawings. TYP. RETAINING WALL details is correct as shown owing to the unknown condition of fill. ' ITEM NO. 2 - ARCWTECTURAt: as Refer: Sheets 6 and 8 of Architectural Drawings. Wood sticks (as detailed) will be applied to : I L South wall of meeting rooms 201, 242, and 203 as shown on section/elevation (south wall) Sheet 6 except the sticks will not continue further than over door No. 7/2 in Room No. 203. 2. North wall (Room No. 203) above demonstration kitchen III between laminated beams as shown in elevation'kitchan north' on Sheet No. 6 and Detail No. 7 on Sheet S. ' 3. Header above Door No. 19/2 on Detail No. 6 on Sheet 8. ♦1 t i' p - d r4 .,X l'yP % ' Wood sticks will not be applied to curved ma; *snry walls in Rooms 201, 202, and 203, ' b, Refer: Sheet 6 of Architectural Drawings: , ' Delete lavatory nearest door 24/1, Room 118 as shown on partial plan of Men's Restroom, Sheet 6. ' c. Refer: Page 3-1 of Specifications, Article 1 (c) (1) amend to read: (1) The Owner will prepare the site before the start of construction ' by filling the existing creek channel and the general area within the building site as indicated on the Drawings to an elevation of approximately 614.00' within the confines of the building. ' d. Refer: Page 19-3 of Specifications, Article 19-6 ' (1) The combination recessed towel dispenser, soap dispenser and mirror as specified in this section is to be placed as follows: Room 106 1 over service sink Room 109 1 over sinks Room 110 3 over lavatories ' Room 111 S over lavatories Room 118 2 over lavatories Room 207 3 over lavatories Room 221 1 over lavatory Room 222 1 over lavatory i t (2) Shower stall doors in Room 119 and 208 shall be Keystone No. SO chrome plated brass shower door - standard sire 241- x 721. \ (Key model, glaze with 7/32" Smooth - Rough glass). e A. OWMIL FORD i AMOOIATML ARCUrrO !M 3" KING WII"AW WfAM YN 410mm Tm" Tomm 1 oraa Ioab... A, L A. Gale CASSON. L L A. 1 10e 1 Coasuoi ty 8u i l d: boars LarbsT, s. A. Denton. Texas eoOrs Pow l" a A. ALZX CANA40 11O ALJMM CAMAJAL 1 L IL GLOM saocs s. a~aes.:a March 29. 1966 1 1 dentlesene A request for clarification of the required potion for foundation ' beams !'91 and HM has been received. The attached sketch will explain the intention of the drawings in this respect. Yours very truly, ' L . 390CIAT88 ' Ib a Laney ! 1 final . i 1 1 i . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o . f . 1 SCHBouc.Ea MA~(IAlU M TYP 'PLAN MIN. a~M. '+,+1~+ of Dim. 1 L~HYoN vw~Yy . p~XIK,L S92 )l Assoc. 1 AV401 of'rests 9/GG SHEEP o+~ I WKML FORD • A88OMATW ANCUrrWM asp Kula WUA"M 9lwfa}!. am ANWOMM TOX" Taos OUM eOaa I. A. L 1. Omar aa..o.. A. L A. hbi Dentom Commassity Building assn Lwowaa ' Dentcs►. Taus 8o &ANN". a A. soap rOWsi. a A. A&M Oasasoami ALr OeNVA. ' i a CLAM asoos a sari ~a March 31, IM 1 Jentle~eni Referring to Division 22, naish Hardware, pwagrupb 1(d) regardlog baying system for subject buildtag. The requirement for Ormd Mwbw bWag with the ssisting Municipal Building System is elhinabed. The Community Building shall have a single Waster Hey for all loafs, Sob-Master sole as direoted, sad seperate key change for stab loom ozeept dare otherwise di rooted. ' Yours very truly. L FORD A*/ASSOCIATZS (bland Lang 1 ADDENDUM NO.3 ' TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ' FOR DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING ' FOR ' THE CITY OF DENTON DENTON, TEXAS O'NEIL FORD & ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS 528 King William Street ' San Antonio, Texas 78204 203 McClurkan Building Denton, Texas ' May 19, 1966 ' ITEM NO. 1 ' Refer to Drawings. Delete sheets 1 through 9 inclusive, S-1 through S-6 inclusive, all dated 1 March 1966, and M-1 only, E-1 through E-5 inclusive, P-1 and P-2, all dated 3 March 1966, and substitute therefor the following listed revised sheets, all ' dated 19 May, 1966: 1 through 5 inclusive, 7 through 9 inclusive, S-1 through S-6 inclusive, M-1 only, E-1 through E-5 inclusive, P-1 and P-2. ' This item has the effect of omitting or changing the following: (a) Omitting in their entirety the meeting rooms, rest rooms and lobby (Rooms ' 1170 1180 1190 201, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213 and stairs S-4) together with all pertinent mechanical and structural features. ' (b) Omitting retaining wall from doors 11/1 to 4/2 and changing fill to 8" below main finish floor elevation. ' (c) Revision of masonry details at entrances. (d) Changing face brick to lightweight concrete block in storage rooms, rest rooms and mechanical equipment room. (e) Changing suspended wood ceiling in Lobby, room 209, to suspended gypsum ' board ceiling. (f) Omitting all retaining walls, earthwork outside the confines of the building, ' certain sidewalks but including in the contract price the sum of Two Hundred Seventy and 00/100 Dollars ($270.00) for the construction of 900 sq. ft, of sidewalk, 4" thick and reinforced with 6" x 6" x 10 ga. welded wire mesh. (g) Omitting wood sticks below the clerestory windows and substituting gypsum ' board therefor. (h) Revising the balcony rail. ' (i) Omitting glass roof light at entry canopy. ' (j) Changing structural steel channel fascia to wood member covered with gal- vanized metal: . ' (k) Omitting the sump pump system under building in its entirety. (1) Changing discharge of roof drains to a point 5' outside the building line. (m) Changing grade beam and pan system layout ,o design furnished by the con- tractor. Structure to be designed for a live load of 100 psf and shall be subject to the ' approval by the Architect. (n) Changing storage room wails and doors. ' (o) Changing wood block flooring pattern from radial to straight line. ' (p) Changing wood deck over Assembly Hall, 101, to poured gypsum over gypsum formboard and structural steel sub-purlins. t ' (q) Changing wood deck cry entrance canopy and loading dock. canopy to steel deck. ' ITEM NO. 2 Refer to Division 3, EXCAVATING AND GRADING, paragraph 4, Drilled Piers, ' (a) Subparagraph (a), change to read as follows: r9z' eke C ' "(a) Drill and ream holes to sizes shown and to bottom elevation of 4981. Plumb to tolerance of 1-I/2 " in :0'. Pier holes to be clean and dry when concrete is placed. " ' (b) Subparagraph (c), change to read as follows: ' "(c) Where necessary, Li the opinion of the Architect, to case pier holes the Contractor shall be reimbursed therefor at the rate of $4. 50 per lineal foot of casing used. " ' ITEM NO. 3 ' Refer to Division 3, EXCAVATING AND GRADING, paragraph 5, Backfilling, add the following subparagraph: ' "(c) The Contractor will be required only to backfill open ditches, and as nec- esspry against foundation to provide stable footing for scaffolding." ITEM NO. 4 ' Refer to Division 5, MASONRY, (a) Paragraph 3, MATERIAL, add the following subparagraph: "(n) Lightweight concrete masonry units: All concrete masonry ,.zits shall ' be made from Portland cement and suitable aggregates, and shall be cured at the point of manufacture in such manner as to meet the applicable requirements hereinafter set forth, prior to delivery ti the job site, and shall be classified into Group I or Group ' II, depending upon the linear shrinkage potential stipulated below: Concrete Density - 1 lb. per cu. ft. Maximum Linear Shrinkage % Modified British Mechod Test Croup I Group II ' 120 or more 0.065 0.03 less than 120 0.065 0.04 t (1) Portland cement used in the manufacture of the units shall ccnform to the specifications set forth for mortar. (2) Aggregate shall be lightweight and free from deleterious matter which ' will cause staining or create surface pop-outs or be harmful to concrete, and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Des. C 331-53T, and producing concrete having ' a dry weight of not less than seventy lbs. per cu, ft. nor more than one hundred lbs. per cu. ft. (3) Dimensions: Actual, over-all dimensions (width, height and length) ' of all units shall have a tolerance not to exceed 1/16 inch. Units shall be uniform as ' to dimension with arrises and exposed vertical surfaces free from warp. The units shall be uniformly sound, without cracks, breaks or other defects which will interfere with proper setting or impair the strength, appearance or durability of the construc- tion. All units shall be of similar composition and manufacture. (4) Absorption: Maximum water absorption permitted for units at the ' time of delivery to the job site, shall t.e fifteen pounds per cu. ft. of concrete as an average of five units. Absorption tests shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Des. C 140-55. ' (5) Moisture Content: Maximummoisture content permitted for units at time of delivery to the job site shall be forty percent of the total absorption as an ' average of five units. Test for moisture content shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Des. C 140-55. ' (6) Units shall bear a distinctive mark of the manu:acturer or shall other- wise be readily indentiffed as to origin. ' (7) Compressive strength of hollow and solid units shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Des. 90-52 and C 145-52 respectively. _4. i (8) Prefabricated units of special size and shape shall be as and if called ' for on the drawings. Units shall conform to the requirements as hereinbefore set forth for standard units. " (b) Paragraph 3, Material, subparagraph (j), delete this subparagraph and sub- stitute therefor the following: ' "(j) Waterproofing Admixture: Hydrocide powder as manufactured by Sonneborne Building Products, Inc. shall be added to masonry mortar at the rate of 1 lb. per bag of cement and an additional 1 lb. for each cu. ft. of lime in job mixed ' mortar. Method of mixing and use shall be in strict accord with the manufacturer's printed directions. " ' ITEM NO. 5 Refer to Division 7, CARPET. Delete this Division of the Specifications in its en- tirety. ITEM NO. 6 ' Refer to Division 8, ROOF DECK, WOOD. Delete this Division of the Specifications ' in its entirety. ITEM NO. 7 ' Refer to Division 9, ROOF DECK, POURED GYPSUM, add the following subpara- graph: ' "(d) Drawings showing layout of subpurlins and details of attachment to top member of cable supported roof structure shall be submitted together with a complete ' and detailed description of the proposed system for the approval of the Architect." ITEM NO. 8 ' Refer to Division 10, ROOF INSULATION: ' (a) Paragraph 2, Materials subparagraph "(a)" change this subparagraph to read as follows: ' "(a)" Rigid insulation shall be Fiberglas boards as manufactured by Owens- Corning or fiber board rigid roof insulation as manufactured by the Flintkote Co. ' (b) Paragraph 3, Applicat_on subparagraph "(b)" change this subparagraph to read as follows: "(b)" Roof deck over Assembly Hail shall receive one layer of 1/2" rigid insulation board. A'1 other roof surfaces shall have one layer of 1" board. (c) Paragraph 3, Applications, delete subparagraphs "(c)" and "(d)" in their en- tirety. ' ITEM NO. 9 ' Refer to Division 11, ROOFING, paragraph 3, Materials: ' (a) Subparagraph (h), change this subparagraph to read as follows: (h) Metal roof shall be fabricated of 26 gauge galvanized iron or steel. ' (b) Subparagraph (i), change this subparagraph to read as follows: ' "(i) Gravel stops and fascias shall be 22 gauge galvanized iron or steel. " (c) Subparagraph (j), delete this subparagraph in its entirety. ' (d) Add the following subparagraph: ' "(n) Base and counterflashings shall be 26 gauge galvanized iron or steel. " ITEM NO. 10 Refer to Division 11, ROOFING, paragraph 6, Sheet Metal Work: ' (a) Subparagraph (b), delete reference to "16 oz. cold rolled copper" and sub- stitute therefor "26 gauge galvanized iron or steel, " ' (b) Subparagraph (c), delete reference to "20 ounce soft copper" and substitute therefor "26 gauge galvanized iron or steel" ' ITEM NOS 11 Refer to Division 12, WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING: ' (a) Paragraph 1, Scope of the ',Mork, subparagraph (a), delete the words "inner- wall dampprobfing, colorless waterproofing of exterior masonry and" ' (b) Paragraph 2, Innerwall Vampproofing, delete this paragraph in its entirety. ' (c) Paragraph 4, Waterproofing, delete this paragraph in its entirety. ITEM NO. 12 Refer to Division 15, GLASS AND GLAZING, paragraph 2. Materials, subparagraph (a), change this subparagraph to read as follows: )(a) All exterior glass shall be 7132" heavy sheet, clear window glass as ' manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. or Libbey-Owens-Ford. " ITEM NO. 13 ' Refer to Division 18, CARPENTRY AND FINISH WOODWORK, paragraph 2, Materials: (a) Change subparagraph (c) to read as follows: "(c) Other finish wood not otherwise specified shall be "C" Select Southern Yellow Pine. If ' (b) Delete subparagraph (i) in its entirety. ' (c) Change subparagraph (j) to read as follows: "(j) Acoustic insulation behind wood sticks, where indicated, shall be 3/4" ' wood fiberboard as manufactured by Celotex Corp. " ITEM NO. 14 ' Refer to Division 18, CARPENTRY AND FINISH WOODWORK, paragraph 3, Work- manship, change subparagraph (e) to read as follows: "(e) Wood stick walls and panels shall be made in accord with details shown ' on the drawings using #1 kiln-dried Southern Yellow Pine for 2 x 2 members and clear Southern Yellow Pine for all other members. " ' ITEM NO. 15 Refer to Division 18, CARPENTRY AND FINISH WOODWORK, paragraph 4, Special ' Carved Panels, delete this paragraph in its entirety. ITEM NO. 16 ' Refer to Division 19, METAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND TOILET ACCESSORIES: ' (a) Paragraph 1, Scope, change subparagraph (1) from "Ceiling Hung Toilet Partitions" to "Floor Mounted Toilet Partitions". ' (b) Paragraph 2, Toilet Partitions, delete subparagraphs "(a)", "(b)", "(c)rr, "(d)", and "(f)" and substitute therefor the following: "(a) Type - All metal compartments for toilets shall be Academy, baked enamel finish as manufactured by the Sanymetal Products Co. , Inc. " ' "(b) Doors and partition panel units shall be 1" thick, insulated with sound- deadening Bridgecore. Panel plates will consist of Galvanized -Bonderized steel, not less than 22 gauge thickness for doors, or 20 gauge thickness for partitions, and shall have formed edges sealed with a continuous oval crown locking strip. Door edges shall be electrically welded with welds spaced not over 18" apart around the entire perimeter. Locking strips on doors and partitions shall be mitered, welded ' and finished at the corners. Partitions shall be cut out to receive sanitary napkin disposals as described elsewhere in this Division." ' "(c) Pilasters, Material and Construction - Academy pilasters shall be 1-1 /4" thick, made of 2 sheets of 20 gauge Galvanized -Bonderized steel, welded and finished as specified for partitions and doors. Bottom of pilasters shall have a jack-levelling screw to carry the weight of compartment and provide a secure ' mechanical anchorage to floor with adjustable floor fittings. Pilas ters, when set in place, shall be securely braced with continuous 1" x 1-1/20 lock seam tubular steel overhead bracing attached through the top of the pilasters. Headrail shall t be held in place inside the top of the pilaster with #14 x 1/2" metal screws applied through the pilaster into the headrail on the inside of the stall. Headrail shall extend full length of installation and over end compartments and be fastened into wall bracket3. ' Exposed ends of headrail shall be capped. " "(d) Hardware and Fittings - Attachment, Partitions and Pilasters - Divid- ing partitions and pilasters shall be attached to one another and to the walls Witt. stirrup brackets of heat treated, polished and anodized extruded aluminum alloy. Pilaster connections to floor or ceiling shall be concealed with a one piece 3" polished 1 Type 302 stainless steel shoe. Trim (shoe) shall be theft proof and held in place with concealed anchor clips without the use of exposed screws. " ' "(f) Finish and Color - All units shall be mechanically cleaned by means of automatic vapor degreasing. Finish shall consist of prime coat and a finish color coat of thermo-setting acrylic enamel (Duracon) applied electrostatically in pre- ssurized, dust-free atmosphere, baked on to produce a uniform, smooth lustrous protective finish. " ' (c) Paragraph 3, Urinal Screpns, delete subparagraph '0 and substitute therefor the following: "(c) Finish - All units shall be mechanically cleaned by means of an automatic vapor degreasing. Finish shall consist of prime coat and a finish color ' coat of thermo-setting acrylic enamel (Duracon) applied electrostatically and baked on to produce a uniform, smooth, lustrous protective finish. " ' ITEM NO. 17 Refer to Division 21, DOOR SCHEDULE. Delete this division in its entirety and ' substitute therefor the attached "REVISED DOOR SCHEDULE". ITEM NO. 18 ' Refer to Division 22, FINISH HARDWARE. Delete subparagraph "(h)", HARDWARE SCHEDULE, and substitute therefor the attached "REVISED HARDWARE SCHEDULE". ' ITEM NO. 19 t Refer to Division 23, PAINTING AND FINISHING, Paragraph 1, Scope of the Work: (a) Sutparagraph "(a) (3)", omit the words "in Demonstration Kitchen". ' (b) Add the following item to subparagraph "(a)": ' "(5) Concrete blocks in toilets only - Epoxy finish." (c) Subparagraph "(b)", omit the wordn "laminated beams, wood deck" ITEM NO. 20 Refer to Division 23, PAINTING AND FINISHING, Paragraph 7, Schedule of Painting, add the following subparagraph: 1 "(6) Concrete blocks in toilet rooms ' 1st Coat - Sherwin-Williams "Bloc-Tex" filler to fill all holes and voids and to present a smooth, solid base for final coats ' 2nd Coat - Sherwin-Williams "Tile Clad Catalyzed Epoxy Enamel" 3rd Coat - Same" ' ITEM NO. 21 ' Refer to Division 24, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. Delete this Division in its entirety and substitute therefor the attached "REVISED ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE". ' ITEM NO. 22 Refer to Addendum #1, dated March 28, 1966: ' (a) Item #6, delete this item in its entirety, ' (b) Drawings 1, 2, and 3, delete these drawings in their entirety. ' ITEM NO. 23 Refer to Addendum #2, dated March 31, 1966: ' (a) Item #2, delete paragraphs "a" and "b". In their entirety. ' (b) Item #2, paragraph "d(1)", delete reference to "Rooms 118 and 207". (c) Item #2, paragraph "d(2)", ;felete this paragraph in its entirety. ' MECHANICAL ' ITEM NO. 24 Generally delete all references to values etc. "For H. T. W. (150 MY' and "Hot ' Water 270 Fa- 125 lbs. /square inch working pressure. ITEM NO. 25 ' Page M. 21 Item 44 A- delete A and substitute therefore "A. Supply and install 2 zone multizone air handling unit of size, capacity and type as spf:cified herein ' and as indicated on drawings. " 1 ITEM NO. 26 ' Page M 25 Item 5 - Delete this paragraph entirely. ITEM NO. 27 Page M 25 Item 6 - Change reference to "3 manual gradual positions switches" ' on line 3 and 4 to "2 manual gradual positioning switches. " ITEM NO. 28 1 Addendum No. 1 Item 1 A - Delete phrase beginning "and at the same time and ending "roof over the auditorium. " ' PLUMBING ' ITEM NO. 29 Generally delete any reference to steam supply piping etc. mentioned in specifica- tions. ITEM NO. 30 ' Page P 21 W.C.Water closets shall be floor mounted and not wall hung as spectfieds ' trim, seat and all other items to be the same as specified. ITEM NO. 31 ' Delete all references to showers and shower equipment Page P 22 ' Item 38 Water Heaters (2) ITEM NO. 32 Delete water heater No. 2 entirely. ' ITEM NO. 33 Page P 23 Item 40 A (1) and (2) Item 41 Delete these items entirely. ' ELECTRICAL ' ITEM NO. 34 Page E 2 Item 2 - _B change reference to "1201240 single phase, three wire" to ' "1201208 three phase four wire" J, e' ' ITEM NO. 35 Item 9 Sound System add "provide conduit only for this" r ITEM NO. 36 ' Page E 10 Item D Duct Heaters (1) Delete c, d, and a for 1-12 KW, 2 -415 KW and 1-6 KW Heaters ' ITEM NO. 37 Page E 11 Item (3) d delete "built in magnetic contactors" and substitute therefor ContactorB for Duct Heater shall be in the main switchboard" ITEM NO. 38 ' Page E 11 F Sound System General Delete all references to sound system to pageE18 but provide conduit and wall boxes for same as shown on drawings. 1 1 ' i i I_ i y 1 y r11 l { , •r 1 v . Y - ~ r it 'lam i' V ! _ 7ii! j ~ t I ~ I ~r~ , I { i j ; i i I I i J I I F i I I i , 1 , Ali it 1 I jj~ # I + ~ ~ IIj f I • V 1 = i- 1_ - ~ 1.1~ - ~ ~ I ( I I ~ I 1 ' f ~ Imo' 1~ ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ IV~ ~QYV I I AI~ • ~I I 4 1 I ~ r~ I ' I ! r I f I I # 1 i ■1YI~~t 'IYi~ 1~0Tt~ ~ Id k I I t' AO IT pop I QOOII iQOD arm f 1-r4 '1Yi~11i0't't~ a4 6Q k aC f r14P4 114 a4'P4i I I ~ I e m 40 a IQa td 44 eft ti d to rat 1•, E' 1 i i I I I I! I I I 40 Gel I I I I ~ . ot V. PM P4 :441~ V41 Val "a Ito, leps P71icq N s 1/fi h h, 1H IA Val Val ~ 1 I t I f ' Art Val i ( .-IAN 0011 Ma~/'~~ l ie* N N~ Aid ~1 ••+,rllorslAl.., '~..r , , ~ ' oI~rA I i 41 V I i I + 11'~ Y1 ' Ol p~ i ~~rr~~,},pl j ~p1yp ti I I I ~p ' ap~pp ` i I + 1 i >f t A~A~ ~ftll V~ d~ q M'AI N IN IVY ~tM V'~ aIV~, N h l o0'OO ~ODiC~ ~i0; CSbo t4 T 00 I 00 0O df 09 09 r e? 09 C9 1 i 101 I py rqj I ' lqaf A r n lo4'e~l n a~ . f r. eo 04 lei waq . A AAA A A @!INA .~M A AA; `A MA / Vol all a4,, r !a aIa 1 As i - , I, 1 f 1 r I r/ f - -+_3_ I I 92 1b: b x 1 • ♦ w'w / r = / ♦ « ~1 1 I I I I 1 q~ pb p ~OQ,Q"~'~!- - 11~ « • f 1' 1 ~1~/ 1= ! ^ i 1 ' r ` - - 1 1 i , 1 l 11~-/1 1 I1 ! t' 1 1'r ~ ~ ~ 1 1 e e / ~ 1 ♦ t r t 1• 1 + st ~i i 1 r• 1 1 • r ' DIVISION 22 - FINISH HARDWARE 1. SCOPE OF THE WORKS ' a) Furnish a complete line of hardware of every description to equip adequately all doors and other movable parts throughout the building, un- less otherwise specified, for proper operation as indicated or reasonably implied by the drawings, b) The hardware list, included hereinafter, is given to illustrate type, weight, operation, quality and finish of hardware required, c) Hardware shall be limited to the products of P & T Corbin, Russell & Erwin, Lockwood, and Sargent, except for certain specialties which may be ' of other high grade standard makes as specified in the following schedule. Butts shall be limited to the products of Stanley Hardware, McKinney Mfg, Company, Lawrence Bros. Mfg. Company or Hager. Surface closers, pushplates, pulls, stops, bumpers, and holders shall be as scheduled - no substitutions, d) All locks and cylinders shall be grand master-keyed with existing ' Municipal Building systemt master keyed in new set and keyed alike as directed. Furnish four M master keys and four (45 keys for each lock, e) The hardware supplier shall submit, in sepia copies, for approval of ' tLe Architect, a complete schedule of hardware, indicating manufacturer, type, number, location and finish of the items to be suppli prova shall be for type and quality only, f) Supplier shall furnish, in DUPLI:;%!1 (2), templates for all template hardware, g) Where requirement of the Local Building Code or Regulations, Laws, or Rules promulgated by departments having ,jurisdiction, conflict with these specifications, and are mandatory, they shall be followed the as= as if i specifically noted in this specification. This shall not be construed to mean that any requirements herein set forth may be modified because not specifically noted in the Building Code, h) Provide hardware as follows for each openings Pairs of Doors 1/1, 2/1, and 311, Exterior from lobbys_each pair to haves ' 2 Rixson SA Floor Hinges 271055 - US3 2 Rixson Side Jamb Pivots M19 - US3 ' 1 Deadlock 4825 - 3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 3 - 24" 2 Door Pulls 827DT - US3 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - 3 Pairs of Doors 511 thru 1311, Exterior from Building, each pair to haves ' 2 Rixson SA Floor Hinges 27105A - US3 2 Rixson Side Jamb Pivots M19 - U83 1 Set Panic Devices 9410 - U33 ' 1 Set Panic Devices 9406 x 827 - 1193 1 Deadlock 4820 Cyl inside 22-1 • H ' Pairs of Doors 14/1, Loading Dock from 107, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP on outswing ' 1 Set Locke 7626 w - 3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - U33 2 Door Holders 0JF20 - US3 Sgle Doors 15/1, Dock from Stairs, each door to haves 2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 MP ' 1 Set Panic Devices 9804 - US3 1 Door Closer 74-PH9 1 Kick Plate 8" x 2" less than width of Doors 16-0a.-US3 ' Pairs of Doors 16/1 and 17/1, Lobby from 101, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butts TA2714BP 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 2 Door Pulls 827DT - U33 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - U83 2 Doan Closers 54-0 2 Door Holders 0J110 - U33 2 Kick Plates 8" x 2" less than width of door, 16-0a. - US3 Silo Doors 18/1 and 1911a Roam 107 to Rooms 106 and 109, each door to haves 1191-1/ Pr Butte T714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locke 762500 - 3 ' 1 Door Stop GM13XS - 3 S jaz le Doors Vestibule to Toilet and Toilet to Shower ' Sxle ors LOa do 21/12 Eat Toilet Vestibule 3gle Dom Vestibule to en an ea, each door to haves ' 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 Door Pull 3302 - US3 1 PIwh Plate 3015 MAB - 3 1 Door Closer 53-0 ' 1 Kick Plate 8" x 2" less than width of door, 16-0x. - U33 1 Door Stop GJFB13XS - 3 1 Sign Knight, color to be selected, 1" letters (Doors 24/1. 20/1, ' and 21/1 only) 1 Deadlock 4821 - 3 (Door 25/1 only) ' Sgle Doors 26/12 from Storage 103, each door to haves 1-112 Pr Butts T714PC 4-1/2 x 4 NRP 1 Set Locks 76250C - 3 1 Door Stop WFB13ES - 3 r 22-2 1 Pairs of Doors 27 28/1, 29/1., Meeting Area to Rooms 19E and ' Stairs, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 2 Door Pulls 3302 - US3 ' 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - U33 1 Deadlock 4825 - 3 2 Flushbolts 3450 - 24" - U33 ' 2 Door Closers 74-H 2 Door Stops GJFB13XS - 3 2 Kick Plates 8" x 2" less than width of door, 16-ga. - U83 Pairs of Doors 49/1, 5011, Meeting Hall from Storage, each pair to haves 1 Set Pivots, Builders Brass Jl-X without threshold ' 2 Flush Bolts X450 - 24" - U83 1 Deadlock 4820 - US3 ' Pairs of Doors 51/1, Dock from Fleeting Hall, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 NRP ' 1 Set Locks 7626 OC - US3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - U33 2 Door Stops and Holders OJF20X 1 Door Closer 75-0 (active leaf) ' Bifold _Doors 53/1, Serving Kitchen to Kitchen, each set to haves ' 1 Set Bifold Hardware Orant 2520 to fit 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 12" - US3 (Mount on inside face) Pairs of Doors 31/1 thru 47/1, Storage Closet to ?Meeting Room, each to haves ' 1-1/2 Pr Bolts T2714CD - 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locks 762500 - US3 ' Second Floor ' Sgle Doors 15/2, Stairs from Mech. Rn► 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locks 760500 - L133 ' 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Door Stop GJFB13XS ' S le Doors 8/2 Hall to Reception _gle Doors 5P/2, 10 , Ha and Reception to Offices, each door to haves 1-1/2 Pr Butts T2714BP 4-1/2 x 4 ' 1 Set Locke 760500 - US3 1 Door Stop GJFB131CS - U83 ' Sgle Doors 12/2 and 13/2, Balcorgy to Men and Ladies, each door to haves 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 ' 1 Set Locks 761600 - US3 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Door Stop 0JFBl3XS - U33 ' 22-3 ' Sgle Door 16/2, Office to Storage, each door to haves 1-1/2 Pr Butte T714PO 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locks 762500 - U33 1 Door Stop GJFB13XS - US3 Sale Doors 17/2. Office to Ticket Booth Stairs, each door to haves 1 Set Orant Sliding Door Hardware Orant 1210, to git 2 Flush Pulls, (rant 428 - U83 ' 1 Edge Pull Safe 2244 - US3 Pairs of Doors 25/2, Stairs from BalcRMA each pair to haves ' ? Pr Butts TA714FC 4-1/2 x 4 2 Door Pulls 3302 - US3 2 Push Plates 3015 - US3 (1 cut for cylinder) ' 1 Deadlock 4825 - U53 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 240 - us3 2 Door Closers 54-H ' 2 Door Stops WFB13XS 2 Kick Plates 8" x 20 less than width of door, 16 gat - U33 ' Pairs of Doors 27/2, to Rosen 220 below lower Moor, each Dair to have: 3 Pr Butts T?l4FC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 MP 1 Dead Lock 4820 - US3 Cyl inside ' 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 240 - U33 2 Door Stops and Holdere GJ76-S1 2 Knob Pulls 769300 - US3 inside 1 t ' 22-Za r, IYV I 1 ~ ► { I 11,1 , ~ , 1, ~I ~ tl, ' , I I I I I I 0 ~ I i ~ I ~ ~ t ~ I I I ~ ry, 1 ~ ~ ' { N t p p! w ~ { I i t I~ I I i, t I I ~ ~ ~ I I t Y 111 , ' ' d. , 1 $ I rr'rr~Vl,h 00 tipf~OtD CO W 'Of0'tO~N~090NN,a0t0 1 111111 I~'Ijl 1''lil{IIl11'I'I1;1'1'Ill'I~1~1,1 I I I II{O I~~ I i i I I O }aoOfh0~0>~IODi0Q010~0~'~~jODi^~OO;CI *a* ;*I;* ~OO,GO'h ~ I f i 1..1.. ti. i j,I ! 'aNOo Q3SOdX~ :~4,mt)C, iC ~Q i lvd Oas "D'dsns I Ax ;ac + . ' (al=N Vd- rdH "dxJ 0 M, j NMI K'N ow MA i b4 , Qb'~fl I } ! 04 K • S aN0 e~~ ~~I~C~'rC'r~4k ~ ~ ; W~ E i, ~ ~ i I I ~ I i I a t ~ I 4._~. L r•-1'T i , ~ e .r, ~ ~ r' -t~ F ~ 1. t t. F Y..~~...._..r...r.{...~.~~ ~ t ° 1 1 I I ~ I I r...~~ ~~~~*1+_.i~. t., t..r • .r ~ 1~1'V~.IY ' .N., .~1 .i. I I i i ~ { 1a i.y.~ ti~.l_ l-•~' 11^^11 1^GI I • ~ ~utoaa-~~e ~OxoD t i ! • . t' 1. "dliD 4 mm m I MILL AVID I 1 i _ y ' Ii 1 . . ,-3. ~1 1 ...a . . ..y W. , «..l-~ 1 I 1 I W riid ~~.I~~GW~ r►7H~~J ~ 1 t 1 1,,~'~Q~( 1,~~ 1. ~A ~,,1' I~,,t `1. a t I ►~}O~~yyJ~~/•~~L{y~p~yg7~~IIiI~~ ~ l I ~ ~4 ~i~ ~C ~40C ~A' _ 1 ' ~ ~ I ' { ~71~ V~~{1 ~1~~/ j ♦ ~ i i .,a y •..F _y_1 ,r .~-_4. ...1. r. r l 1 .~..1. I t >4 Ax 1 o x L4 P1 92, «k~0~ j 1 t I I I 411 V00«M ra so VA 000 00 0 GUUUU in 14 0 +00 d4p ~y, I 1 J 1' t ' 01 0; view w 11'111f ~dpkM1+ 00 ~'~db ~jtllq' 1 I 1 I~, i I i { w A >It to (a ca, cq &0 awe w~~ 1 1 i N SIjM:1o r0 "cvt pl ip d%'of a Atole.-l 100A I { I N M rl'r1; w~ M' 01 (f I t d ~tutfl . ' INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS For the Construction of THE DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING for ' THE CITY OF DENTON, DENMNs TEXAS Cover Sheet . . . . ► 1 ' Index . • • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . : • • . . . 2 Advertisement for Bids . a . . . . • • • . . . . . . 3 Information for Bidders . . . . . . . . . . . DIVISIONS ' 1 General Conditions and Supplements 1-1 - 9 2 Speoial Conditions . . . . . . . 2-1 - 10 3 Excavating and Grading . . . . . . . 3-1 - 2 ' 4 Reinforced Concretes Forms, and Concrete Finishing 4-1 - 9 5 Masonry . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 - 6 6 Structural Stall General Structure . . . . . . 6-1 - 2 ' ? Carpet . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . 7-1 8 Roof Decks Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 9 Roof Deck, Poured Gypm . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 9-1 - 2 10 Roof Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 ' 11 Roofing . • . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . 11-1 - 3 12 Waterproofi!L, Dampproofing and Caulking . 12-1 13 Dry Wall, and C.iiling Construction . 13-1 14 Miscellaneous W'4tala . . . . . . . . 14-1 - 2 15 Mass and Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 - 2 16 Wood Block Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1 - 2 ' 17 Clay and Ceramic Tile . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1 18 Carpentry and finish Woodwork . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1 - 4 19 Metal Toilet Partitions and Toilet Accessories . . . . . 19-1 - 4 20 Metal Doors, Frames and Metal Window Frames . 20-1 - 2 21 Door Schedule . 21-1 - 3 22 Finish Hardware . 22-1 - 5 23 Painting and Finishing . . . 23-1 - 3 ' 24 Room Finish Schedule . 24-1 - 2 25 Ceramic Light Fixture Shells . 25-1 - 2 26 Erection of Suspended Roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-1 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. . . . . . . . . . M-1 - 26 ' Electrical. as to . . . . . . e a s e . . . . . . . . . .E-1 - le Plumbing. . . . . . . . . . a g e as . . . . . . . . . . P-1 - 23 2 1 ' ADVERTIMENT FOR BIDS OWM City of Denton ' Denton, Texas Separate sealed bids for the construction of the Denton Community ' Building for the City of Denton, Denton, Texas, will be received by the ' City of Denton at the Municipal Bulldingo Denton, Texas, untSl 2:00 o'clock P..M., C.S.T., April 5. 1966, and than at said place t publicly opened and read aloud. The Information for Bidders, Farm of Bid, Form of Contraot, Plaas, Speoifications, and Forms of Bid Bond, Performance and Payment Bond, and ' other contract documents way be examined at the office of O'Neil Ford & Associates, 203 McClurkan Building, Denton, Texas or 528 King William ' Street, Q-n Antonio, Texas. Copies may be obtained by approved bidders at said offices upon payment of $50.00 for each set. MW unsucoessful bidder, upon returning such set promptly and in good condition, will be refunded his payment, and any non-bidder upon so returning such a set Will be refunded $40,00. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, and subject to the conditions, provided in the Information for Bidders. No bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date ' of the opening thereof. 1 1 ' 3 .s 5. QUALIFJ.CATIOM3 OF 8IDD8d: The Ostler say make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform time work, and the bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evi- dence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the ' Owner that suoh bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will not be accepted. ' 6. BID SECURI'M Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified check of the bidder, or a ' hti bond, duly executed by the bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company approved by the Owner, in the am.aunt of 5% of the bid.. Such cash, checks or bid bonds will be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after the opening of bide, and i.he remaining cash, checks, or bid bonds will be returned promntly after the Cwner and the accepted bidder have executed the contract, or, if-ao awrd has been made within 30 days after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter, so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of his bid. ' 7. LIQiMTED DA*-LGW FOR FAILU" TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT: The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of the acceptane.-i of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated dawagee for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. S. TIES OF ( TION ANPQUIDATED DAMAMSs Bidder mast agro+e to commence work on or before a date to be specified in j ' a written "Notio* to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully :omplete the project i within thin stated iun*w df calendar dais indidated on'We bid. 9. CONDITIONS OF WORK: Each bidder aunt inform himself fully of Vii conditions relating to the ' construction, of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so vd.P not relieve a successful bidder of hia obligation to furnish ' all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of his con- tract. Insofar as possible the contractor, in carrying cwt his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or ' interference with the work of sny other contractor. 100 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS: 1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to O'Neil Ford & Associated, 203 XeClurkan Building, Denton, Texas, with i6 ♦ K b fi,...:, w ST.,. ` F a mY, r' s,r, r. .r' L. 1.^";k4 ^roh,-glt't y ~#'f SJ 1w y M.. i copies to O'Neil Ford & Associates, 528 King William Street, San Antonio., Texas, and, to be given consideration must be received at least thrte days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any any all such iiter- ' pretatione and any supplemental instructions will be is the form of % itten addenda to the speoific►tions which, if issued, 1-d.1 be wailed by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than two da,,rs ' prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of arty bidder to rdesive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued ' shall become part of the contract documents. 11. SEM;TY FOR FAITHFUL PEFP'ORMANOE: ' Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds in the smount of 100% of the contract price as security for faithful performance of this contract and for the pay- 1 mane, of all persons per arming labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract, as specified in the General Conditions included herein. The surety on such bond or bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory to the Owner. 12. No Of AT~RNSYr I ' Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. I 13. LAWS AND REOtJ TION§: The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State lams, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authori- ties having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throu&iout, and they will so deemed to be ancluded in the contract the same as though herein •.r'.cten clat in full. I 14. MTHOD OF AWARD - LOWEST QUALIFIED BIDDER: e If at the time this contract is to be awarded, the lowest bass bid submitted by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by the Owner as available to finance the contract, the contract will be awarded on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds such amount, the owner may reject all bids or may award the contract on the base bid combined with ouch deductible alternates listed in this Foam. of Bid, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds. 15. OMIGATUON OF BIDDER: At tee time of the opening of bide each bidder will be presumed to have inepccted the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans and contract documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no +ray relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of his bid. 'M!r ~ la . pr rL. ~q lhhr r~ v R^rl t r 1 s' A 7.. 1 MAMOS AND §MIFI_ CATIONS: For the convenience of bidders, rAbcontractore and material men, drawings and specifications shall be placed on file as follows: Office of F. W. Dodge Corporation in Dallas, Fort Worth and Wichita Falls, Texas. Office of The Texas Contraotors' Association, Dallas, Texas. SCAN, 1040 Mockingbird Lane, Dallas, Texas 75207 1 r a a. r .4 . ~ , i,d r •.xt;. ....i. V fir, i DYVIS,TON_Z - (~I~RA~I CONDITIONS An- WMVM 1. NOTICE: ' a) "GENE_,RAL OONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT", as issued by The American Institute of Architects, form a part of these specifications. b) "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT", A.I.A., are not bound herewith, tit am on tide in Architect's office, where they may be examined. e) Tho following Supplementary General Conditions shall take precedence over &nd modify any Article or statement of 11=PPAL CONDITIONS" (A.I.A.) and shall he used in conjunction with them as a part of the contract documents. Article 1 - DefinitioAe Article 2 - Documents Article 5 - Shop Drawings (Shop Drawings and Brochures) 1 Article 8 - Samples Article 11 - Survoya, Permits, Laws, Taxes and Regulations Article 12 - Protection of Work and Property Article 16 - Claims for Extra Cost Article 17 - Deductions for Uncorrected Work Article 20 Correction of Work after Final Payment Article 23 - The Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract Article 24 - Application for Payment Article 25 - Certificates for Payment Article 27 - Contractor's Liability Insurances (Contractor's Insurance) ' Article 29 - Fire Insurance with Extended Coverage (Fire Insurance) Article 30 - Guaranty Bonds Article 32 - Liens Article 34 - Mutual Responsibility of Contractors Article 38 - Architect's Statue Article 39 - Architect's Decisions Article 40 - Arbitration (Arbitration and Suite) Article 45 - References Article 46 - Standards of Qua'44,y Article 47 - All Legal Provisions Deemed Inclzded ' Article 48 - Job Meetings HDDIFICATIONS AND §RPLEMENTS. 2. Article 1 - Def ins t one t Omit (h) and add in its places The term "by others" shall refer to work to be furnished by the Ormsr, or by Contractors other than the Contractor to whom this Contract is awarded or by this Contractor under an agreement other than this Cnn- tract. Add the following definitions: (i) The terms flas shown", "as indicated", "as noted", and the like used in UA Contract Documents, refer to and should be supplea ited by the phrase "on the drawings" and/or "in the specifications". 1 1-1 q~. T • 1 ^ ' x r~ 1 F . 'L ~n 1, t'..,1: V . ~'1t~'~ + Y u K rn i' (.i) Where typical or representative details are shown, ouch details shall constitute standards in material, workmanship and construction required throughout in similar and/or corresponding parts of the work. (k) The term "substantial completion" as used in the Contract Documents shall be construed to mean the condition of the structure existing when it has been made suitable and satisfactory to the Owner for the intended use but still requires miscellaneois work to complete Contract require- ments including all modifications thereof, (1) When the words "General Contractor" are used in these Contract Doeumente, they shall mean the Contractor specifically contracting with the Owner to perform or have executed all General Construction work in ' the project. (m) When the term "Contractor" is used in these Contract Documents, it shall mean the Contraetrr or Subcontractor performing any part of the fork and does not necessarily limit its meaning to the General Contractor. (n) The term "Specifications" shall mean all wrl ton descriptions, provisions and requirements, together with all written agreements made hr to be made pertaining to the method and manner of performing the work, or to the quantities and qualities of materials to be furnished under this Contract. (o) Tts term "extra work" as used herein refers to and includes work ' require by the Owner, which in the judgment of the Architect involves ch ngss in or additions to that required by the Contract Documents in their Contract form. ' (p) whenever they refer to work or its pc:formance, "directed", "require 44, "permitted", reordered", "designated", "prescribed", and ' words or like import, shall imply the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Architect; and "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", "in the judgment of", and words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable to or satisfactory to or in the judgment of the Architect. (q) When the term f1equal" is used in this specification, it shall mean equal in the opinion of the Architect, who will consider appearance as well as function and quality. Contractors may propose substitutions in writing, and if approved, such approval will be given in the form of approved shop drawings or in the form of a change order. (r) Wherever the terms "as approved", ),as directed" and eimilar expres- sions appear in the Contract Documents, they shall be interpreted to ' mean "as approved by the Architect", "as directed by the Architect", etc. (s) Owner - City of Denton, Texas. ' (t) Architect - O'Neil Ford and Associates, Architects. 1-2 (u) Inspector - An authorized representative of the Architect, assigned to make any and all necessary observations of the work performed, and materials furnished by the Contractor. 1 (v) Site - The area designated on the Plot Plan located on the property of the City of Denton, Texas. ' 3. Article 2 - Dogusonte t Add the followings ' In event of conflict between Contract Doouments, Specifications shall take precedence over drawings, large scale drawings shall take precedence over general drawings, figures shall take precedence over soiled dimen- ' siona, and descriptive notes shall take precedence over general notes or code indications. 4. Article 5 - Shoo Drawinxss Change title to Shop Drawings and Bro"Ahures, In the 4th line, change 113 copies" to "2 sepia copy". In the 12th line, change 112 corrected copies" to "3 corrected copies„. ' Add the following paragraphs Furnish to the Architect for approval, five copie3 of brochures for all equipment and materials furnished under this section. These brochures shall be published by the manufacturer of the equipment or materials, and shall contain complete and detailed engineering and dimensional information. To facilitate the checking of these brochures, the follow- ing procedure must be strictly followed. If the brochures are not oom- piled in the spanner dgsoribed below, they will be returned for resubmit- tal. Submit brochures that contain only that information which is rela- tive to the particular equipwnt or materials to be furnished. Do not submit catalogs that describe several items other than those to be used, unless all irrelevant information is completely marked out, leaving only the information that pertains to the items submitted for approval. t 5. Article g - Samples e Add the following sentences I Normally, sections of products wilt. be sufficient, but where full size submissions are required, they may be incorporated into the work if satisfactory. r 6. Article 11-Surveys. Permity,,_Lawe, Taxes and Remaationss ' Add the following paragraphs The Contractor shall comply with applicable provisions of the labor laws and all other state laws and federal and local statutes, ordinances and regulations which aro applicable to the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors likewise to comply and conform with "I such federal, state and latal labor laws, ordinances and regulations. 1-3 y b y _ .~Xe6 r `"r..Jv'• ..~~Y+•. ~"i Y,-`,r; s~' {r jt• A 7. Article 12 - Protection at Work and, o22rty: Add the following paragraphs: The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, lights and watchmen to protect it; and whenever evidence is found of such damage, the Architect may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at ' his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the mainte- nance of barricades, signs, and lights, for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been accepted by the owner. ' All broken glass shall be replaced at once and all scratched and defec- tive glasA shall be replaced, all at the Contractorla expense. ' 6. Article 16 - Claims for 8xtre Oost: Add the following: No extra costa will be granted unless presented in writing and approved by Architect and Coster before execution of the work. Such extra work will be authorised by separate agreements or Change Orders issuad by Architect. 9. AlftigJ2 17 - Deduotiong Jor Ungorrected WoCks Omit and add in its place: If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is undesirable to rep'Jace any defective or damaged iKterials or to reconstruct or correct tiny portion of the work injured or not performed in accordance with the Jontract Documents, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor ho,:eunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgment of the ArchivAt shall be ' equitable. 10. Article 20 - Corroctig Work after Final Payment: ' Add the following paritgraph: In the event notice of observed defects has been given to the Contractor by the Owner or Architect within one year from date of final payment or from date of Owner+a substantial occupancy of the project, whichever is aarlier, and all observed defects have not been restudied by the Contrac- tov within the year, the Contractor shall be responsible for and at his own cost shall remedy remaining defects and damage resulting therefrom until, in the opinion of the Owner and the Architect, defects and damage have been completely removed. If after ten days after the sending of the written notice of any defect, the Contractor fails to remedy such ' defect, the Owner W do so with his own employees or by any other means he deems expedient. In the event of an emergency, the Owner shall not be requi.-ed to give arty notice but may forthwith rowdy the defect or deficiency. The Contractor shall be liable for and agrees to pay the Owner, on demand, any sums expended by him pursuant to this section. All guarantee provisions contained in the Contract Documents are in addi- tion to and not in limitation of the statutory and common law ights of ' the Owner. 11. Article 23 - The 00& actor' a &W to oo Work or Terai,t d Contract: ' In the first paragraph, omit the last of the sentence reading "and any proven loss sustained upon any ploatt or mtatarials and reasonable profit and damps. " 1-4 nd i 1 ,ii4- p1 w. ,.1 G .~1 i.. ~ ^ 'l :.i! 1 kY, `+~•,r 12. article 24 - Apdication for Pawnas Gait the first paragraph and add in its places , The Contractor shall submit to the Architect an application for each payment. Each application for payment, excepting the first such applica- tion, shall be accompanied by receipts or waivers proving payments for materials end labor to date, including all payments to Subcontractors ' as required by Article 37. Application for payment shall be submitted to the Architect at least ten days before payment is due tt Vormit proper audit. S After the last paragraph add the following paragraphs: Payment date shall be the first day of each month except when on Saturday or Sunday, then it shall be on the following Monday. Payments shall be made on work completed and materials purchased and delivered. Each pay- ment shall have 10% withheld until 756 of the Contract is complete. Thereafter, 5% of payments shall be withheld. Final payment shall be due 1 fifteen days after completion and acceptAnce of the building by the Owner. No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contrac- tor or by any Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage, or under a conditional sale, or other agreement by which an interest, is retained by the Seller. The Contrctor wartants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work. ' 13. Article 2' - Certificgt o for Papmentss Add after the first sentence of the second paragraphs When advised by the Contractor that the work is substantially completed, the Architect and the Contractor shall, within a reasonable time, sake an inspection of the work and if the Architect shall determine that the work is substantially completed, he shall then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor. ' 14. Viols 27 - PZtractor's Liability Insurances Omit and add in its places ! The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all of the insurance required under this Article and until such insurance has been approved by the Owner or the Architect. The Contrac- tor shall not allow a Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all the insurance required of the Subcontractor has been obtained. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and Architect certificates in ' triplicate indicating carriage of all insurance required by the Contract Documents. Such certificates shall provide for not less than ton (10) days written notice to the Owner and Architect in the event of change in ' or cancellation of any coverage. (a) COMPENSATION INSURANCE. The Contractor shall take out. and maintain (luring the life of his Contract, Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees employed at the site of this project and, in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall re- quire each Subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the lat"r's employees unless such employees are 1-5 ~t a..l a..b('e 3; R 'R~ ~S 4-a ffq y.' s~G"'.7e HyM r' 1 'til '1 _i W. 36 covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engager. under this Contract in hazardous work at the site of the projscL are not protected under the Workmen's Com- pensation statute, then the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for protec- tion of his employees not otherwise protected. (b) PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMGE IN;sURANCE. The Contractor shall take out and shall maintain for the life of the Contract, such public liability and property damage insurance as shall protect his, the Owner and the Architect from claims for damages for bodily injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damage, which arise from operations under thin Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Suboontractor or ' by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either cf them and the amounts thereof shall be as followas Public Ljabil4y e r a in an amount not lose than 4299,aUL Ta-TKJuriess u wrongful death, to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person, in an amount not ' lose than IL&M on account of any one occurrence. j PrONgXIp Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $200 000 for damages on account of any one occurrence and in an ` ' not less than 1200,000 for damages on account of all occurrences. (c) CONTINGENT LIABILITY. The above policies for public liability and ps ge surance shall be written to i.ioludo contingent liability and contingent property damage insurance to protect the Contractor against claims arising from operations of Subcontractors engaged by him. (d) COMETTE.D.~~TONS COVER& The policies required for public liabil~ yt and property surance shall be continued in force during the life of the Contract and shall be augmented by completed operations coverage (in the same amounts stated in paragraph b) above) to continue in force throughout the period of guarantee as ' described in Article 20 of the General Conditions of the Contract { as amended abo'N. (e) IAEM:'IC'ATIQN COVERAGE. The Contractor shall take out and shall maintain for the life of the Contract, such insurance as shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Architect from and ? against any and all loco, damage, claims, demands, suits, costs or expenses which the Owner and/or Architect may suffer, sustain or be subject to, directly or indirectly, caused wholly or in part by reason of the performance of the work. ' 15. Article 29 - Fire Insurance with Extended Coverage: Omit and add in its place: The OMer will effect and maintain fire insurance including extended coverage protection against windstorm, vandalism and malicious mischief on the work to be performed under this Contract to 1OC9 of the insurable value thereof, including labor and asterlals in place on the sits and to used as part of the work, including surplus materials, miscellaneous 1-6 a r Y{y`' Y ' materials and scaffoldings, stages and equipment not owned or rented by the Contractor, the cost of which is included in the cost of the work, provided they are on the site. The Owner will not insure tools owned by mechanics nor tools, shanties, storage sheds, temporary office, etc. owned or rented by the Contractor, whether or not upon the site. In case of loss, proceeds from insurance shall be distributed in accordance with agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or under an award of arbitrators appointed one by the Owner, one by the Contractor and another by joint action of other parties in interest, other procedure being as provided below herein for arbitration, The Owner, Contractor and all Subcontractors hereby waive all rights, each against the others, for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance provided for under the terms of Article 29, except such rights as they may have to proceeds in case of lose. 16. firticls 30 - Guaranty Sondes Omit paragraph and add in its place: The Owner shall have the Contractor furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder, in such form as the Owner may prescribe and with such sure- ties as he may approve. The premium shall be paid by the Contractor as part of the cost of the work. 17. Article 2 - Liens: Omit paragraph and add in its place: Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens and all claims for which liana may be filed arising out of this Contract, properly executed for record and an affidavit that such release includes all labor and material for which a lien aright be filed; but the Contractor may, if any Subcontractor refuses to furnish release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner, indemnifying him against any lien, If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are nv ds, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter m y be compelled to pay in dischargeing such lien, includ- ing all costs an attorney's fees. 18. Article 34 - & tgg Res22nsibilitp of Contractr_rg: Omit paragraph and add in its place: Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate Contractor on the work, the Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such Con- tractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such separate Contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been bo sustained, the Owner shall notiry the Contractor who shall ' defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense. If any ju4pent against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall satisfy it and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. 19. Article 38 - Architects Status: Omit the third paragraph and in its place adds In case of the termination of the sapl.oyouit of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint a capable and reputable Architect whose status under the Contract shall be that of the former Architect. Jim After this paragraph add the following paragrapha: Inspectors, employed by the Architect andd//or Owner, shall be authorized to obserre all work executed and materials furnished. Such inspection may ext,%nd to all or any part of the work, and to the preparation or manufacture of the materials to be used. In case of any dispute arising between thw Contractor and the inspectors as to materials furnished, or the manner of performing the work, the inspector shall have the authority to reject material or suspend the work until the question at issue can be referred to, and decided by the Architect. The Inspector shall not be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirements of the specifications, nor to approve or accept any portion of the work, nor to issue instructions contrary to the drawings and specifications, The Inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, Any advice which the Inspector may give the Contractor shall in no way be construed as binding the Architect in any way, nor releasing the Contractor from tht fulfillment of the terms of Vse Contract: 1 20. Article 39 - Architect's Decisions: Omit the second and third paragra a ana adr: The Architect's decision in all matters, except those relating to the ' payment of monies; shall be final sr within the terms of the Contract Documents& i 21. &dlcle 40 - Artitratim: Omit this Article and add: 1 Article 40 - Arbitration and Suits: Contrary provisions of tho Contract Documents notwithstanding, no provi- sion of this Contract nor any questions concerning the execution of the work shall be submitted to arbitration without the express written con- tent of the Owner and the Contractor. Any action, suit or proceedings instituted hereunder shall, be triable only in courts located within trs county where this construction takes place. 22. ADD: Article 45 -_References: The following referances shall apply where they appear In the specifiea- tione. Item qualified by any of the abbreviations shall conform to the latest standards and specifications of the institution referred to: ABBRE~ON a ACI American Concrete Institute ASTM American Society fcr Testing and Materials AISC American Institute of Steel Contraction ' AWS AmericAA Welding Society 1 ASHRAS American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Condi- tioning Engineers ASA American Standards Association AGA American Oss Association ASM American Society of Mechanical Eynginsero CS Commercial Standard F° Federal Specifications NEC National Electric Code NEM& National Electric Manufacturers' Association UL National Board of Fire Underwriters Laboratories ' AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers 2,3. IWD: Article 46 - Standards of Dualitys ' Catalog numbers and manufacturers' names as noted throughout the draw-, ings and specifications denote standards of quality required. The Con- tractor is hereby cautioned to maintain the high standards of quality implied herein while selecting equipment and material to be submitted to the Architect for approval. Material which, in the Architect's opinion, is inferior to that specified or is •ansuited for the intended use will be rejected. Wherever the phrases "nor equal", "approved equal", and the like appear in the Contract Documents$ the meaning of such shall be construed as "equal in the opinion of the Architect". 24. Article Q - All Legal Provisions Deemed Included: It is the intent and understanding of the parties to this Contract that each and every provision of law required to be inserted in this Contract shall be and is inserted herein. Furthermore, it is hereby stipulated that every such provision is to be deemed to be inserted herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, v7 such provision is not inserted, or is not inserted in correct form, then this Contract shall forthwiwh, upon ' the application of either party, be amended by such insertion so as to comply strictly with the law and without prejudice to the rights of ' either party hereunder. 25. Article 48 - Job Xeetings: Whenever the Architect deems it necv.osary, he shall call a meeting at the site or at the office of the Owner or Architect, at which time the Contractor st4V be present to discuss all details relative to the grog- , rase of the project, or shall be repreacnted by an employes authorised to act on behalf of the Contractor on matters discussed. A representa- tive of the Architect shall provide over these meetings. i i 1-9 i DIVISION 2 - SPRCJAL, COND..-T_IONS 1. mss, a) Site for this construction is located on the property of the City of Denton, Texas. ' b) Bofors submitting a Proposal for this work, each bidder shall be held responsible to have examined the promises and satisfied himself as to the existing condi.iior,s under which he will be obliged to operate and that will ' in any manner affect the work under this Contract. No allowance shall be made subsequently in this connection in behalf of Contractor for wq error or negligence on his part, nur for slight discrepancies on drawings as to t grades, sloped and elevations. c) ,I! trees outside of the ct building area shall be removed and all tre~e_s not,.,removpd aR ;!thin tie 1 bye ko&Lin a manner acceptable to Architect; such protection e~l-fie re- ' moved upon completion of the Contract. ' I 2. i a) Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, transportation, apparatus, light, energy, scaffolding, barricades and tools necessary for the entire, proper) and substantial completion of his work and shall install, mAntain, and remove upon completion all equipment of the construction. He shall be responsible for the safe, proper, and lawful construction, maintenanoe and ' use of same) cad shall construct in the boat& and met workmanlike manner J these improvements and everything properly incidental thereto, as shoran on plans, stated it these specifications, or reasonably implied therefrom or in accotdande with the Contract Documents, b) Unless upecifically stated to the eontre'ry, all of the materials in the building shall be new and of the best of the kin4s or grades specified, and ' all workmanship shall be up to the best recognized standard known to the various trades. 3. DRAWINGS AND MCIFICATION3: a) Contractor mill be urniahed free of char 2j_ with ten s10) copies of drawings and evenif c, pe. b) Any additional Miss of above required by the Contractor will be furnished to him at cost. ' o) Additional instructions and detail drawings as may be required to fully explain the work will be furnished during the course of the jokjs d) All copies of drawings and apse W.catlons, except the Contractor's executed contract sets, remain the property of the Architect and shall be ' returned to him at the completion of the project. e) Anything mentioned in the specifications and not on We drawings, or vice versa, shall be considered as mentioned on both. 2-1 1 wnW k 1 a~. i f) The drawings and specifications are entitleds 1ZNT% COMMITY BUILDING FOR 1 THE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS 3) The drawings are divided into sections and with the numbers in each ' section runnings Architectural 1 thru A ' structural 31 thru Sb Mechanical. (Hrating, Jentilnting and Air Conditior !ng) Mi Electrical Ei thru ES Plumbing PI thru P1 ' h) The specifications consist of one bound volume with sections as listed in the specification index. i) 3001001110n 80220: Wherever materials, operations, methods or devices are mentioned, listed ar noted in the specifications and unless some are specifically aentioned as furnished and/or installed by others, said slate- rials, operations, methods and devices (including all necessary material, ' labor and appliances in connection therewith) shall to furnished and in- stalled by the Contractor as part, of this Contract. J) firliaglMlat of ec n s Wherever the specifications have been separated to individual tirade divisions, the separation is intended to simplify procedures for estimating and bidding and to provide a means of easy reference for pereond using the specifications. Any division of the overall work to subcontractors shall be at the sole discretion of the Con- tractor. It is the esesneaa of the Contract that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the overall, proper, complete performance of the work. Furthermore, the Architect shall not be expected to act nccr will he act as arbiter !n determination of subcontract limits. 4. SUB311TUTION OF TERI s a) All materials shall be of very best grade of standard naanufstett:re and first-olaaa in every respect. Every brand mentioned in the speoitioationa is intended to represent quality and type of materirn:& which will be demanded, b) Should the successful Contractor desire to use material other than that specified, he shall, sr a thjx g (30) gaps goer award of the GQntractV r3- quest in writing the approval o the Architect. Request shall be accompanied by complete specifications, performance data, photographs, drawings, avid fsr2a2s in cost each etiabstitution will alke in the Co to Tact price. c) If Architect does not consider these items to be equal to those specified, he has the autshorit, fro require the Contractor to furnish those specified. After a list of materials has been agreed upon iss writing, no further changes are to w made. 2-2 r at w.. yet 1 k _ .x`.~i; 4pn 5. SUBr Contractor shall submit to the Architects within five (g) days after award of Contract, a complete list of Subcontractors. No subcontracts shall be let until Subcontractors are approved in writing by the Architect. b. muSUREIl net Before oresering`any material or doing any work, Contractor shall verify all measurements at the building and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extras will be allowed for variation from drawings in existing conditions or for work performed under this Contract. Any discrepancies found shall be submitted to Architect for instructions before proceeding. ' 7• COMPLIANCE WITH ORDINANCE$ AND PUBLIC SAFETY: Contractor shall secure and pay for all necessary permits and shall comply with all Ordinances. He shall provide and maintain 4 ,~4~r~1► ~k- Me where needed] fences and other structures reqreg-V 4 neces- eary to~rotgQparaer or a a~i I'6"e`aone insuch a manner ae ~-fo *Mterferewith p ees ft traffic. He shall leave access to fire hydrants i and protect adjacent property at all times during progress on this Contract. Proper suns shall ba aggted_ at taalc AArWaLand all other possible riafe- y preoautions observed. Contractor shall also be guided by instructions of )tA-uctural I nginser as regards proper method of shoring. a) The General Contral~tor shall em Engineer and cause him to establie a permanent bench to which easy access may Ue'lad during the programs of the work for determining all lines and grades and to verify same, from time to time, as the work progresses. He shall keep on the job, at all times, a complete level and complete transit, and keep same in god working condition, and allow the Architect unrestr_cted use of same at all times, b) As the work progresses, the General Contractor shall ley out on the forms or rough floceing, the exact location of all partitions, as a guide to all trades, o) The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels, and dimensions as shown on the drawings, and shall report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work, d) The General Contractor shall provide and maintain datum points, and such points shall be established in duplicate in separate locations, pro- tected from in!~Ary. t 9. N9F=IN(Si a) The General Contractor shall provide, install, maintain, and remove at completion of work, aU interior and exterior scaffolding required for the execution o! the General Contract. 2-3 . ~W j' t i b) Scaffolding for all other work shall be provide, installed, iaintained ' and removed at completion of work by the Contractor requiring such scaffold- ing. ' c) Trades whose work is to be built into masonry, or whose work progresses with masonry work shall be allowed tho use of scaffolding thet is provided for masonry worko i d) All scaffolding that is erected on the job shall be built in accord with the requirements of all State and Local Laws and Regulations governinj such installation. They shall be maintained at all times in a safe condition to adequately prevent accidenteA s) Scaffolding for exterior masonry shall be erected on the side of the ' wall on which the facing work occurs. No scaffolding shall be built into any exterior face work. 10. VJVOMBYWAT AND_ENCLOMS DURING CONSTRUCTION: a) All heating required during the entire period of construction shall be furnished end maintained by the General Contractor until the final accept- anos of the building at his expense as a peat of the General Contract. b) Heating before the permanent service is installed shall: (1) Be by the use of approved portable space heaters of the hot air type with electric W.owers, and with combustion chambers provided with flues ' to outdoors, and all suitably protected with approved safety devices. (2) Provide adequate temperatures required for the various phases of 1 the building operations of all trades and for the work of all Subcontractors and Contractors. (See Divisions for their heat requirements.) (3) Consist of units of sufficient number and each of adequate size ' to heat the various spaces of the building to the temperatures necessary to protect and/or facilitate the kind of work or finishi:ag being done, or installations being made. o) After the permanent heating and/or ventilating equipment is in operation: ' (1) The system may then be used, providing that the GenerLI Contractor assumes the responsibility for maintaining the system during the heating time, and when the building is finished, will properly clean all radiation, filters, pumps, etc. and if necessary replace any broken or obviously worn parts. (2) The entire system wwt be left in proper operating condition and ' the guaranty called for will remain in full force and effect, d) The entire responsibility of heating during construction shall be ' assumed by the General Contractor, who shall be liable for all damages to any work, materials, equipment or installation caused by his failure to supply proper and adequate heat as required. e) All labor, material and appliances required to enclose the building or j e sections thereof, including scaffold enclosures, shall be furnished by the 2-4 AIL, h r ' General Contractor so that building operations may be conducted continuously and *ficiently throughout. Tarpaulins or plywood curtains and barricades as rv qu:red shall be provided wherever permanent construction has not been sufficiently completed to afford suitable weather proteotion, 11. TEHPOFARY LIGHT ANU POWERt r The General Contractor shall make the necessary application to the lighting company and pay for all charges, costs and expense incidental to the installa- tion and maintenance of temporary lighting and single-phase power as required ' in connection with his operations, and he shall pa;, for all current con umid. Lights-)g shall be sufficient in all locations to permit the mechanice in this various trades to properly and satisfactorily execute their work. Temporary light and power outlets shall be so located that trailers not over 40 feet long shall be used in any part of the building. Pow_r outlets shall be so designated. Temporary light and power shall be maintained until the comple- tion of the building or for a e1wrier time when so directed by the Architect, ' and when its use is no longer required shall be completely removed. Tempo- rary light and power shall be available 15 minutes before and after the regular working day for all trades and for such periods as there is overtime ' work being performed. Single-case temporary power circuits shall be in- stalled as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to install and test equipment, r 12. TL~MRY WATER: a) The Contractor shall provide a temporary water supply to be located and ' designated for the use of all trades. Supply may be taken from existing water main adjacent to the building but shall be sub-metered. b) The Contractor shall pay for meter, connection and for ell water con- wumed in the construction of the building. 13. TEI POWY . LZPHO : r The General Contractor shall provide one (1) straight city telephone for the ues of all employ6d about the project and for Architect's uses This Con- tractor shall pay for all charges for this telephone, except that charges for long distance messages stall be paid for by the person making same. The telephone shall remain until the full completion of the work. Coin type ' telephones will not be acceptable. 14. TEMPORARY OFFICEr ' a)The Contractor shall erect at the site, whore directed, a substantial weather- tight, insulated office having sufficient glazed windows of ample size argil adequate electric lighting and wall outlets. This building shall be for the 52110Qt.,IAAi~Fu.X.and for the Contractor and shall be divided irt'~o ~a,K9..r,MF~'~"~IYwRirN^MM„•.iyw,M -r, r., b) Portable chemical toilet(s) shall be provided by the Contractor for the use of construction personnel. e) The room for the Project Inspector shall be large enough to contain the ' following equipment which will be furnished and installed by the Contractor: 1 2-5 '~X.. "`,i r+r', _ _`~';iie r,~d]2Y. -'LL` Jiff, j;" ,J3a, . ` ' 1. 'i rC"`s . '..~~e°,L. S1 ' Icr ' 1 n1U.,.tjwk of size to hold all drawings of the fob 1 an tab 2 rs heat, and lights ' d) rho Contractor shall maintain the offices and toilet(s) in a sanitary condition and in proper repair end properly heated during cold we athsr, furnishing the fuel and paytng &U utility charges. When directed, he ' shall remove the temporary office from the site and shall repair the site and rough grads the area as directed by the Architect. ' s) when adequate space is available in the building, the Contractor may transfer all of the above facilities to this space at his option and with the permission of the Architect. ' 15. STORAGE SIDS. ETC.: a) The General Contractor shall provide, on the premises where directed, suitable storage shade (substantial and weathertight) in which he shall store all materials subject to damage by weather. All storage shade shall be of sufficient size to hold all matorials required on the site at one time and shall have floors raised at least 6" above the ground on heavy joists or sleepers. Storage shade shell have neat appearance and be painted to match offices. ' b) The Contractors for plumbing, severing and gas fitting; hosting and ventilating; and electrical work shall provido such temporary buildings as may be necessary to fully protect their materials, equipment, apparatus, ' sto., during th4 progress of the work. 16. N , ' Tha General Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps of adequate capacity as required to maintain excavations, pits, and depressions within the Contract Limit Linea as well as the building free of water accumulated at any time and as neoessary to permit the proper installation of the work required under all Contracts. Disposal of pumped water shall be dons with dus respect to the rights of othore on the site and adjoining property couriers. All costs in connection with the removal of water on the above pro- W.ded for shall be borne by the General Contractor. however, such pits, trenches and excavations made by other Contractors for their own installa- tions shall be pumped and maintained by the Contractor having made ssid excavation. t 17. E&NM PHQ-T4► s OF M M EM a) The Contractor shall furnish the Owner progress photographs of the project as followss three 4" x 10!fglose Tinto oeach of the following ' viewer (1) Two (2) different views of the area in which the building ~s to be located, taken before oxcavation starts. (2) hour (4) different views wren footings are in place and forms ~ completed. (3) Four (4) different views when foiardat:.ons are completed. 2-6 ti g ql (4) Pour (4) different views when general structure is ready for 1 roofing. (5) Four (4) different exterio,., views at completion. (6) Four (4) interior vie.ts, as directed, ispon completion. ' b) A title or legend identifying the view shown by each photogrerh and date shall appear upon the back of said prints. ' 18. JOB CONSUWC?ION SIGNS: The Contractor shall provide and teat where directed, a orb sign of approxi- mately 2 square feestj actual size, color and design to be sTw~RS3n a draw- ing to be furnireehed by the Architect. Sign s;-sall liot the noose of the buildings the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers, the General Contractor, and whatever Subcontractors the Architect shall decide. Fettering work ' shall be done by an experience: sign painter and shall be neat and workman- like. Background color will probably be dark, and at least two other colors will be used for lettering and border. No other signs shall be allowed on the site. 19. ft= USED AS CONSTRUCTION SMRE ROO s When any room in the building is used for a storeroom, shop, stc., the one making use of ouch room will be hold responsible for any repairs, patching or cleaning arising from such work. ' 20. 2§TING IABCRATO=4s ' a) All tests and inspections required by these specifications shall be ' made by laboratories selected by the Architect, b) All tests will be paid for under the section where it is required. ' Duplicate reports giving type of test, area in which located and results shall be sent :o the Architect and Contractor. 21. PERAO TIN,G INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIAL USTs At the time of final completion of the work and as a condition to be ful- filled prior to final payment, the Contractor shall carefully instruct the I Owner's specially designated representative in the proper operation, maints- asncs and service of all work and equipment provided hereunder. The Con- tractor shall furnish the Omer a complete list identifying actual materials ' and devices incorporated in the work. The identification shall include source of supply, date of purchase, model and serial number, etc, us re- quired to facilitate future repairs and replacements. 22. IAA NG AND MISSE[I_N4s At the completion of the Contract, all windows shall be cleaned, removing ' all labele, paint and stains, all hardware, woodwork and walla shall be cleaned, leaving no spots, etc., all floors shall be cleaned and waked where applicable. Grounds and walks shall be left clean, free of rubbish. Machinery shall be left clean and free of dirt and grease. 2-7 4 u; IN, 21 1 rA ; -77 1 't 23* Each Contractor shall pay ft all permits requited for his part of the ..irk. 24. lei Q0MnE2IOli A~F a 1(JILAUD DAMMI a) It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contrac- t for and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the time for completion as specified in the Contract of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL OODNDITIO143 of this Contract; and it ib further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this Contract shall be commenced on a date to be specifidd in the work order, b) The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will f.neure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for e the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for the cmpletion of the same, taking into consideration the average cl;aatic { range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. i o) If the said Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the tims herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part ' consideration for tim awarding of this Contract, to pay to the O%Vor the amount specified in the Contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated dam- ogee for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and ; every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time J stipulated in the Contract for completing the work, d) The said amount is fixwl and agreed _•jan by and between the Contractor ' and the Owner because of t4wi impracticajility and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining tf:e actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. ' e) It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every por- tion of this Contract and of the specifications wherein a definite and cer- tain length of time is fixed for the -performance of any act whatsoever; and ' where v nder the Contract an additional time is allowed for the corpletion of any wor,-, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this %'ontract, P-rovidedo That the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidates damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the ' work is dws (1) To zny preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by ' the Government, (2) To unforeseeable causes beyond the control v l without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including, but not restricted to, sets of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of arwother Con- tractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and un- usually severe weather; and 24 a s g. ~Vl ' (3) To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by my of the causes specified in (1) and (2) of this article. p~yidded,_F.. gr, that the Contractor shall, within ton (10) days fn ~a ' the beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement of the Contract, notify the ' Owner, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of his decision in the matter. 26, FM OF GUARAFTFR : a) A copy of the following guarantee shall be signed by the General ' Contractor, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Contractor, Plumbing Contractor and Electrical Contractors b) WAAANT&E ' CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS DENTON OOMMITY BUILDING Gentlemen: The Undersigned guarantees the Owner that he will be responsible for all faulty materials, equipment anO workmanship and that he will remedy all defects due theryto and pay for all damage to other work resulting ' therefrom, wh'.'%Al shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance or the date substantially completed, whichever is the earlier, Where guarantees or warranties for the longer terms are written into any of the divisions of the specifications, ouch longer terms shall apply, ' During this period, upon written notice to do so, the undersigned Contractor shall proceed with due diligence, and at his own expense, to replace all defective materials and/or equipment properly and to perform all labor necessary to correct all defects in the work, including daiaaea ' to other work resulting therefrom. I,a case the undersigned Contractor fails to remedy such defects within a reasonable amount of time, thsn the Osier may furnish such materials or labor as are necessary to bring the work up to the standard called for and the Undersigned Contractor agrees to reimburse the Owner 1 fully and promptly, Items guaranteed or warranted for periods longer than one years 1. Waterproofing. Dampprgofina and Caulkfnl;~,a. 2. Roofing, Roof Insulation and Sheetmetal5_Years 2-9 3. Door Closers _Under H are Section - 2 Years 4; Weod Doors Life.Lima~¢sinst xaraa~~ Sc 6. Refer to Mechanical Sections for warranties pertaining thereto. ' ATTESTr ' Name of Company Contracting for general Constri:tion a Signature and! 'title Nam Ccmpany Contracting fcr Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning Signature aid titlz ' Nampo ompany rioting for Plumbing Signature and Title Name o Company Contracting for Electrical ' Signature and Title 1 1 2-10 aj'~'! y Z, 'r1 •.A ,X~ r i q. i' rA. t a / A k cl: f J d^ n, +Yrar '.~i 5 u. .RJ i F L ' DIY93I0N 3 - EXCAVATXMG AND GRADING 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The irk described in this division of the specifications includes all excavation for foundations, drilled piers; the grading of underfloor areas; placement of fills under concrete slabs; backfilling; rough grading ' of site within the building limits as shown on the drawings. b) All toolej equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia neces- sary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. ' c) Work U Omer: (1) silo before the start of construction b in creek channel and the general area %;.4hin the build- in a as indicate on a ra (2) placement of topsoil and final r_B~8 will be done bar the Owqer. 2. MAZUWi ' a) Pier hole casin where uired by encountered conditions shall be ligh or rd gnJ&WA-a manufactured by Sonoco Con- e ruo on Products. LW t wall tube may be used only ier ler~th~ ' less than 121. b) Backfill material shall be earth with sufficient binder material to ' compact to a density cf 95% of maximum AASHO at optimum moisture content. No vegetation, or other organic matter, and no rocks larger than 4" will be alloyed in the backfill material. ' 3. SXCAVATM: a) All excavation shall be unclassified and excavation of every deaorip- ' Lion and RUTever encoun eyed within the grading limits of the project shall be performed to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or as otherwise directed. ' b) Stocimil where indicated on drawirga or as directed materials of every na ure or description encountered in obtaining in oa eI'~'nes and grades. ' o) .No explosives will be permitted. ' d) Excavations shall be of sufficient width beyond building lines to permit the installation and inspection of forma. e) Provide the necessary decking, guards, planking, and the like to main- tain safe pedestrian and vehicular traffics f) Excavations must be kept dry and usable at all elevations by trenching ' and pumping, well-pointing or other means elected by the Contractor. ' 3-1 sa. 1 g) The Contractor is responsible to provide adequate bracing or shoring to maintain excavation and banks in safe, stable condition, h) Excavate and grade crawl space to ddpths and elopes needed to provide drainage. 4. DRILLED PIERSt mw~ ' a) Drill and ream pier holes to sizes and depths shown. Plumb to toler- ances of 1-1/2" in 1011 Pier holes to be clean and dry when concrete is placed. b) Where necessary to case holes the casing may be cardboard (Sonotubs) ov steel casing. The casing shall be accurately placed and plumbed and krild in position during pouring operations. 13) ere holes gre oaee_- d the QgQVA&r ahal be py,t,Jwwa coat t ereo ass on agreed unit price cats his proposal. d) Holes shall be inspected and filled with concrete the cams day drilled. In the event the hole cannot be filled the sagas day then it shall be sub- sequently reamed out and cleaned, by hand if necessary, and pumped dry dust prior to filling with concrete. ' S. HACICF N4: a) Promptly beokfill excavations as the work permits, taking care to pro- tact waterproofed surfaces. Do not backfill until concrete has attained its full design strength. ' b) Place backfill in uniform layers 1211 deep, mechanically tamping as lred to make entire fill solid. All baekfill areas deeper than shill be mechanically tamped to a density of 95% AASM. 1 t 1 3-2 ' UISION_4_- REINFORCED CONCRETE. FO&JS, AND OONCRETE FINISH 1. 1CSPE: ' a) The work described in this divisioa of the specifications covers cast- in-place concrete as indicated on the drawings, except ured concrete tie beams poured within masonry wells (sea MASONRY Divisionr, ' b) All tools, equipment, materials, labor, and other paraphernalia nec- essary for the successful e.coo►aplishment of this portion of the work shall. ' be furnished under this Contract. 2. GENF.R.1 : ' a) The drawings and schedules show the sizes and typical arrangement of the reinforcing and the net width and height of the concrete members. ' b) Floor fill and/or topping, except monolithic finish, shall not be included in these net meaeurements. ' o) Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the daneral Conditions as modified by paragraph a of the Supplemental General Conditionss e d) The Contractor shall notify other trades sufficiently in advance of pwaring to enable them to properly execute and place any work required to be laid or built, into the concrete. ' s) The Contractor shall employ an approved independent testinj laboratory which shall make and teat design mixes, test and approve aggregates, pro- vide supervision of concrete quality on the job including the making of slump tests and teat cylinders, testing of cylinders at specified times. 3. NATERW: a) All materials, except as otherwise specified, shall conform to the latest revisions of ASTH Specifications. Furnish reports and samples for ' tests where so directed, b) Cement shall be Type 1, Portland cement to conform to A9TH Specifica- tion C-150a o) Fine aggregate shall be clean, sound, durable, washed a4nd, graded uniformly between 100% passing No. 4 sieve and not more thin 10% passing ' No. 100 sieve. When tested by colormstric method the color shall not be darker than light amber, d) Coarse aggregate, except as noted in paragraph a below, shall be Grade "A" washed gravel. or crushed stone conforming to ASTX Specification C-33. The maximwm size of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than 1-1/2" or ' 1/5 of the narrowest dimena n between forms of the members for which the concrete is to be used, nor larger than 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing barsa e) Coarse aggregate for free-standing columns on interior shall have a maxi- , an sits of 3/" but shall otherwise oonform to the r"fremsnts of paragraph d ' 4A ' f) The Contractor shall submit samples of the cement, fins aggregate and of the various sites of the coarse aggregates to the testing laboratory for inspection and testing. The laboratory, after such test shall submit a Certificate of Compliance, in quadruplicate, to the Architect. g) Water shall be clear and clean, free from oil, said, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious substances. h) Reinforcing bars shall be deformed so as to comply with ASTM Specifica- tion A-305 and shall conform to the requirements of the 113taadard Specifica- tion for Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTH Specification A-15 and shall be of domestic manufacture. i) Accessories shall include spacers, chairs, ties and other fasterdngs to hold reinforcement in place in accordance with "Specifications for Placing Accessories" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. ' J) Wire mesh reinforcement for slabs shall be an approved type of welded wire mesh. Lap one full mesh at sides and a mintmum of 8" at and laps and securely wire sheets together. k) Retarding admixture and plasticiser shall be Pot , as manufactured by the Master Builders Co. 4, TESTIN4 AND INSI'ECTIOM r; ' M& L A s a) Concrete cylinder check teats during construction shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. A set of standard 6" o shall be made and tested, where fr,om_10 to SO cu c yards of ooncre s are placed, during each and every day4e operation. Also, & .AA of tests shall be made for such d i O cubic yards in any one day's pour. The cylinders of each set shall mo rom the sample of concrete and tested, two at 7 days and two at 28 days, ASTM C-,L shall govern, with curing per paragraphs 6 (a) and 8 (b) thereof. Testing shall be done per ASTM 0-39. Additional cylinders may be made by the Contractor at hie option for the purpose of determining the strength of concrete for form removal as provided in paragraph 21 of this section. The cost of manufacturing, curing, trans- porting and testing concrete cylinders shall be paid by the Contractors b) Furnish Architect three copies of approved testing laboratory test reports for all Portland cement, sieve ainalysis of aggregates, reinforcing t steel and cold drawn steel wire used for this work. All reports and teats called for shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. 56 STMAGE OF HATERIALSI Handle and store aggregates separately in manner to prevent intrusion of ' foreign matter or segregation. Protect stored cement against elements, on platforms off ground. Use no materials frozen or containing ice, nor any hardened cement. Immediately remove from site all materials rejected. ' 6. MPORTIONINO A &D M= CEMENT: a) All cast-in-place c not otherwise shown or specified shall be 000000__- ou~oand at 2g days fCoon~ed Mix Concrets"s as esta!Aiehed by an rode-pendent testing laboratory, as provided in the next paragraph. 4-2 TJ 1 ' b) "Controlled Mix Concrete" shall be established by an independent test- ing laboratory for 3000-pound concrete at 28 days. Make advance tests at the Contractor s expense in accordance with ASM C-39 to determine proper ' mix prior to placing any concrete. Test four cylinder specimens from each trial mix, two at 7 days and two at 28 days. The mix to be used in the structure shall be such as to provide cylinder strength not 1.aas than 1800 pounds per square inch at 7 days and not less than 3000 pounds at 28 days. ' c) Slump of concrete shall not exceed 511 and water content including free water contained in aggregates shall not exceed 7 gallons per sack of cement. ' Proportion fine to coarse aggregate so concrete will work readily into forms without water collecting on surfaces. Mix in a power-operated batch mixer. For mixers of one cubic yard or leas capacity, mixing shall continue at ' least one minute after all ingredients are in mixer. For batches larger than one cubic yard, additional mixing time shall be allowed, d) Transport ready-mixed concrete, if this method is used, to site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated oapsoi- ties. Discharge at site within 1-1/2 hours after water has been introduced into mixers t e) Kaks no change in metsriala or established mine without approval of the Architect. 7. EMS a) All necessary forms, centering and moulds shall be built to conform to ' the shapes, line and dimensions of the several portions of concrete con- struction, as shown or scheduled on the drawings. Forma shall be set to line and grade, and so braced and secured as to withstand the placing of the concrete and maintain ;hair shape and position. They shall be suffi- ciently tight and so substantially assembled as to prevent bulging or leak- age of mortar. Joints in form work shall be arranged vertically or horizont- ally. / ' b) NOW Pan i✓ Metal pans shall be as detailed. Pans shall be not lee - tal, slip-in type of sizes and depths as indicated. ' All holes shall be taped and no hole over 1/21' diameter will be allowed. Steel forms shall conform to shape and dimensions shown and be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Furnish shop drawings showing details ' of pans, sizes and complete layout, o) Form ties shall be employed in such places and at such intervals as to securely hold the forms in position during the placing of concrete, and to withstand the weight and pressure of the wet concrete and other loads incident to construction. Ties of a type intomded to be entirely removed shall be coated with cup grease or other approved lubricant to facilitate ' removal and to safeguard against, damaging the concrete during or on account of such removal. Wire ties will be permitted only on light and unimportant works they shall not be used through surfaces where, in the opinion of the ' Architect, discoloration would be objectionable. 8. SHCMs All concrete members shall be adequo%tely shored to support all loads in such manner as to protect such membvre from deterioration, excessive k-3 ' deflection or other damage. If adequate foundations cannot be secured for shores, trussed supports shall be provided. All shores and other temporary supports shall be left in position until their removal is authorized by the Architect. 9. COATING FORM: o," The contact surfaces of all removable wood and metal forme shall be coated before placing reinforcement with non-staining oil or form lacquer, either substance at the Contractor's option. Pressed wood fiber board forms or ' form linings, if treated at the factory to prevent adherence to the concrete surfaces, shall not be coated. Plywood, previously mill-oiled need not be re-oiled unless so required by the Architect. ' 10. PIACIN4 REINFORCENENTs ✓ a) Reinforcing steel of sizes, shapes and dimensions shown shall be placed t where and as indicated or scheduled on the drawings, or as reasonably re- quired to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications. Before placing, all reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, mill scale or other coatings which might tend to reduce or destroy the bond. Reinforcement left for future bonding, or following a material delay in the work, shall be reinspected and recleaned if necessary. Reinforcement shall not be bent or straightened in such a manner as to injure the mate- rial, All bending of reinforcing steel shall be done at the shop, around pins or posts of proper diameter, with the material cold. Heating of rein- foroement, or bending by makeshift methods; will not be permitted. Bars ' with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used. In slabs, beams and girders, reinforcement shall not be spliced at points of maximum stress. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. At all points where bare are lapped or spliced, provide a minimum lap of 30 diameters unless otherwise specifically noted on the drawings. Reinforcement shall be ac- curately placed and securely saddle-tied it every intersection with 16- gauge black annealed wire and shall be se%wrely held in place during the ' placing of concrete by spacers, ohairs or 4her suitable supports. Such support shall be sufficient in number and sufficiently heavy to properly support the steel it is intended to support and shall comply with Standard ' Practice Recommendation of American Concrete Institute, Except as other- wise shown or specified, construction shall conform to the following require- ments$ ' (1) Outside bars of slab reinforcement, both main -nd temperature bars parallel to beams, girders or walls, shall be placed nest more than 1/2 bar spacing away from the adjacent face of such parallel member. ' (2) Concrete covering over steel shall be not less than the followings ' a Beams and girders 1-1/2" outside of main steel b Slabs (ribbed or flat) 3/4" outside of steel c Columns 1-1/2" outside of main steel d Walls 1-1/2" outside of steel ' s) Bottom of grade and slabs 3" outside of steel (3) Stirrup-Holdine i All stirrups shall be held in place by the ' use of two No. holding bars extending the full length of that portion of each beam or girder that is occupied by the stirrups. ' 4-4 MOMMEMN P,Ff (4) Supports for beam and slabs poured on fill shall be precast con- crete blocks of uniform size with #16 wire ties to reinforcing. 11. J„N_S: 1 The various trades shall install any and all hangers, hailers, ineerts, thimbles, sleeves, frames, or other items required to be built into the ' concrete by the provisions of the drawings or specifications governing the work of such trades, or as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work. Suitable templates or ineZructions shall be provided for the installation of such itowia as are not required to be actually placed in the forms by the affecteu trades themselves. All such items shall be correctly and accurately positioned in the forms, and s$%all be inspected and approved before the surrounding concrete is deposited. 12. DEPOSITING CONCFTEs ' a) All water shall be removed from the excavations before any concrete is deposited. Any flow of water shall be diverted through proper side drains to a sump, or be removed by other approved methods to prevent wash- ing the freshly deposited concrete. Where necessary in the opinion of the Architect, due to underground water or unstable soil conditions, drilled pier holes shall be cased with Sonotube. Temporary drains shall be stopped by grouting or other means satisfactory to the Engineer. All debate shall ' be removed from the space to be occupied by the concrete before x*- concrete is deposited. Before beginning a pour, hardened concrete and all foreign substances shall be removed from the inner surfaces of the conveying equip- 1 ment provided to convey the concrete to the point of deposit in order not to disturb the forms or reinforcement. Aunways shall not be supported or blocked up on the reinforcement, and conveying equipment shall not be wheeled directly over any reinforcement, b) Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit in a continuous manner, and as rapidly as is practicable, until the unit of operation approved by the Architect is completed. It shall be placed in reasonably uniform layers, approximately horizontal and not more than 12" thick, exercising oars to avoid vertical joints or inclined planes. ' The piling-up of concrete in the forms, in such a manner as to cause the separation or lose of the various ingredionts, will not be permitted. Con- crete which has partially hardened shall not under any circumstances be deposited in the work. Concrete shall be deposited in the forme as nearly in its final position as is practicable to avoid rehandling. Special oars shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete. Any hardened or partially hardened concrete which has accumu- lated on the forma or reinforcement must be removed before the work pro- ceeds. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely a distance greater than 31 . Where longer drops are necessary, a chute, tremis, or other approved conveyance shall be employed to assist the concrete into place without segregation. ' 13. PLACINO IN COLD WEB MR,t a) Concrete shall be mixed and placed only when the temperature is at least 400 F. and rising, unless permission to pour is obtained from the ' Architect in writing. Suitable means shall be provided for maintaining 4-5 the concrete at a temperature of at least 500 F., for a period of seven days after placing. The methods of heating the ingredients and protecting the concrete shall bey subject to the approval or the Architect. Salt, ' chomicals or other foreign materiale shall not be mixed with the concrete for the purpose of preventing freezing. 14. PLACING IN HOT OR WINDY WEATHERS a) When the temperature is 800 F. or over and/or a wind of 10 !PH is blowing, Pozzolith Retarder shall be added to the mix in quantities as recommended by the manufacturer. b) When weather conditions of ext*ems heat or windiness prevail, the ' Architect may require the provision of suitable wind screens or shading devices, or postponement of operations. 13. CONVEYING OF CONCRETE; When concrete is conveyed to a point of deposit by chutes, the plant and equipment shall be of such site and design as to assure a p.,actical'v con- tinuous flow in the chutes. The chutes shall be of metal, or metal-lined, and the different sections thereof shall have approximately the same size, shape and slope. The elora shall not be lees than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal, 1 nor more than 1 vertical to 2 aorizontal, and shall be such as to prevent the segregation of the several ingredients of the concrete. The discharge and of the chute shall be provided with a baffle to prevent segregation. If the height of the discharge end of the chute is more than 31 above the top of the concrete in the forms, a spout shall be used, and the lower end of the spout shall be kept as near the surface of the deposit as is prac- ticable. When the operation is intermittent, the chute shall discharge into a hopper. All chutes, scuts, hoppers, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each pour, and all debris and any water used shall be discharged outside the forms. ' 16. C A.2M s Coner©te, as soon as it is cdposited, shall be thoroughly agitated by means of mechanical vibrators and suitable hand tools and so manipulated as to work the mixture into all parts and corners of the forms and entirely around the reinforct4aent and all inserts. The coarse aggregate in the con- ' orets shall be spaded away from the forms in order to prevent voids in ex- posed secV ons and to assure smooth, uniform surfaces. 17. SPECIAL CONDITI 3s a) Fa e 1 be exercised in lacin concrete for free stardia columns on interior of-the ere robe e a r s SWU-DC~ft e a Column or wners c"ceon its use trio 'con-SlAjNE_ , q1;. be our e u holes out in he s o pia oT'~16e. High frequency form ra on e e M era xi y s ' thorough compaction and the complete filling of the fors!. b) A trade shall consist of a tube having a divoter of not lees than ION, cons~~e3'3'n' s tramies shall be supported so as to permit rapid lowerial, when necessary 4-6 ' to retard or stop the flow of concrete. The discharge end shall be closed at the start of work so as to prevent water entering the tube and shall be kept entirely sealed at all times; the tremis tube shall be kept full to the bottom of the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the flow ' of concrete shall be induced by slightly raising the discharge and., always keeping it in the deposited concrete. The flow shall be continuov until the work is completed. 18. BONDING: ' Before depositing new concrete on or against existing concrete, or new concrete which has partially or entirely set, the existing surfaces shall be slushed with a coat of grout. The new concrete shall be deposited before the grout attains its initial set. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to assure complete bonding of the newly poured concrete to the existing work, to the satisfaction of the Architect. Orout shall be of materials and mix identical to the concr•'.e to be placed except the coarse aggregate shall be omitted. From 111 to 211 of grout shall be applied as directed by the Architect, depending upon the conditions of the respective cases. ' 19. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: s- Each footing, column, beam, lintel, wall and slab (except slabs on the ' ground) shall be considered as a single unit of operation and all concrete for the sans shall be placed continuously in order that such unit shall be monolithic in construction. Construction Jointa in other parts of the work, ' where introduction of same is absolutely unavoidable, shall be located near the midpoints of spans. Provisions shall be made against shear by the use of inclined added reinforcement equal to 1/2 of 1 percent of the cross- ' sectional area of the member cut. The Contractor shall submit diagrams showing the locations of proposed construction Joints for the approval of the Architect. Joints in columns, except in the flat slab construction, shall be made at a point 1" below the soffit of the deepest intersecting beam. 20. EXPANSION JOINTS: ' Expansion Joints botween blabs on the ound and foundation wall, machine bavis, grade beams, eo p e, between sections o nerete platforms and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated, shall consist of all-heart California ' red strips, as specified herein. Strips shall be,3 " thick, or as no a and the full depth of the respective slab or wall-Th connection with which used. ' 21. REWVAL OF FOAMSs ' a) The Contractor may remove all. forms whenever the concrete has attained a strength of 2000 pounds per square inch. This determination shall be made by the testing laboratory from standard cylinder compression teats. Wall forms may be removed after 24 hours, b) Under normal curing conditions the following table may be used to determine form removal in lieu of control cylinderes (Notes When tempera- tures drop below 400 F. leave supports in place for an additional time I I 4-7 ~k ' equal to the time the structure )As been exposed to the lower temperatures. If loading conditions warrant, the Architect may require that shores near the quarter points of the span of slabs and/or beams be left in place for a longer time.} 1 Temperature Above 600 F. SO to boo to to 500 F,, Columns 3 days S days 10 days Side forms of girders and beams 4 days 6 days 10 days Bottom forms of sla)~e, 61 or lose span 4 days 8 days 14 days Bottom forms of girders and beams lees than 141 span* 14 days 18 days 21 days Add one day for each additional foot o span. ' 22. FILLING TIE ROD OR BOLT HOLESs Holes resulting from the removal of bolts or tie rods shall be solidly ' filled with stiff cement grout. Holes passing entirely through the con- crete members shall be filled, from the inside face, with a plunger-type grease gun or other device that will force the mortar through to the out- side face, holding a canvas sack at the outside surface to assure complete ' filling. Holes which do not pass entirely through shall be filled] using tools which will permit the opening to be packed thoroughly full. All excess mortar at the faces of filled holes shall be neatly struck off flush with a canvas sack. 23. CURING AND MWO oTION: ' a) Freshly placed concrete shall be protected from washing by rain, flow- ing we'cer, eta. The concrete shall not bs allowed to dry out from the time it ir, deposited in the forms until the expiration of the curing period ' hereinafter specified. Methods of curing shall be as specified in the fol- lowing subparagraphs, unless otherwise authorised by the Architect. b), Concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified, shall be cured b being 81 - -UnuAlt k_ep , wet_ wi ,g0,g#}, lrp g c Bred with clothes a 1~-po saturated felt or kratt a r ~ried of nod ems than 7 days er placing. a orms are eft in place on beams and ' walls and kept wet enough to prevent the opening of joints in forms and the drying out of the concrete will suffice as one day of curing. o} Cover tops of walls and beams t 1 a q,Lburlfp„or„similar matea~p"rt' O EM 't`emperaurs ~e a'bove 900 F. 24. IKERFECT OR DAMAGED WORK: ' Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged before final acceptance shall oe satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense and in con- formity with all of the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Removal and/or replacemirat of concrete work shall be done in such manner ' as not to impair the arpsarance or strength of the structure in any way, 4-8 i ?i. CONCRETE FINISHES: a) Floor slabs shown to have monolithic finish shall be finished as fol- lows: The base concrete shall be raked into place and thoroughly compacted by vibration or with a temp. A grille tamp shall be used for tamping. The surface shall be struck off at the floor level shown on the plans by means of previously set ecreede. The floor shall be compacted to a smooth sur- face and float-troweled unt~l sufficient mortar is brought to the surface to fill all voids. The surface shall be tested with a straightedge to detect high and low spots which shall be eliminated. b) After the floating operation has been completed and when the floor has hardened sufficiently, the floor shall be troweled with a steel trowel to a smooth surface, free from pinholes and other imperfections. Anap- proved type of avchanical trowel with rotating steel blades may be used for this operation. After the surface has hardened sufficiently to ring under the trowel, it shall again be troweled with a steel trowel to a hard, ' dense surface, free from blemishes. A mechanical trowel will not be per- mitted for this operation, c) Exterior sidewalks, porches and other walling surfaces exposed to the weather shells after being steel-troweled, be brushed across the long axis to provide a non-slip finish, d) For floor surfaces scheduled to be covered with carpet, the final hand- troweling with steel trowels may be eliminated. ' e) For floors scheduled to be covered with wood blocks, ceramio the or with clay tile, the mechanical and the hand-steel-trowsli4 operation may be eliminated. ' f) Immediately after removal of forme from exposed concrete rub with a carborundum atone and mixture of cements sand and water, MR 311 irreg- ularities, form-m&rks, finish to a smooth even surfacet t g) All concrete that is exposed on the interior or exterior of the building shall have all loose particles removed from honeycombed spots, and all fine ' and rough places shall be neatly dressed off. Holes shall be drenched with clear water, patched with concrete, and the entire exposed surface rubbed with a carborundum brick until a smooth sand finish is obtained. Unexposed ' surfaces shall be similarly treated except the rubbing may be omitted, All exposed surfaces, both interior and exterior, shall have a smooth finish, r ` 4-9 1 DIVISION 5 - MASONRY ' 1. SCOPE OF THE WC,RXt a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the followings (1) All brick walls. (2) Building into masonry all door frames, bolta, anchors, nailing ' blocks, inserts, flashing, etc. indicated on the drawings or reasonably implied therefrom. (3) Furnishing and locating anchors and wall ties, r (4) Furnishing and placing wall reinforcemnt. (5) Cleaning masonry and removal of surplus materials. b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the succesaftl accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. WORK NOT INCLt=: ' a) Metal ti%or frames are specified in Division 20 - MITAL DOORS AND FRAMES. b) Bolts are specified in Division 13 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS. o) Flash:ng material is specified in Division 11 - SHEET METAL. ' 3. EMAT IALR : a) Common brick shall be modular and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Specification 0-216, Grade NW* b) Excosed Brick: ilia Contractor shall allow the sum of $60.00 per thou- ' sand units or the purchase and delivery of brick to the job site. Brick shall be as selected by the Architect. c) Wall reinforcement shall be heavy duty Econo-Lok (3/16" wire). Special variable width units shall be furnished to accommodate the varying wall widths on the exterior perimeter of the building. d) Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of the ASTM 041-56T, Type II. ' s) Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0160-55, Type I. f) Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements of ASTH C207-499 Type S. ' S) Quicklime shall conform to the requirements of ASTH C5-23. 5-1 ?6 h, ' h) Natural or manufactured sand shall be seed and shall conform to the requirements of the Tentative Specifications for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar, ASTM 0144-52T. ' i) Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, organic materials or ether deleterious substances. ' j) s: Water-repellents, plasticizing agents or other admixtures shall bproducts of manufacturers who are able to attest to the satis- factory performance thereof resulting from similar use on other work] shall ' be used only with Type 8 mortar to which they shall be added at the time of mixing without endangering conformance of the mortar to the requirements of the property specifications. Except that no admixture shall be used ' with masonry cement unless recommended by the manufacturer. ' k) ,Mortar Colorb: Pigments used to color mortar shall be pure, chemically inert, non-fading, alkali-fast, mineral oxides; finely ground and specially ' prepared for use in mortar to which they shall be added at the time of six- ing without endangering conformance of the mortar to requirements of the property specifications. 1) - : No anti-freeze liquids, salts or other sub- stanoes steal be used in the moi car to lower the freezing point. ' m) : All masonry units and mortar materials shall be handled in such manner as to prevent breakage, and adulteration by foreign materials. Care shall be taken during loading and unloading op;r!#4ons and ' piling, to adequately protect arrisue and exposed surfaces of masonry units from injury. Units shall be stored on platforms or in any other approved aazmr which will protect these materials from contact with the soil and, %pon delivery to the job site, units shall be placed under cover or other- vies adequately protected from the weather until used. Stockpiles shall be located on the job site so as to avoid damage and be protected from heavy or unnecessary traffic and from building operations. (1) Cementitious mater:."als shall be delivered to the job site in manufacturer's original containers, unbroken and with the manufacturer's ' name and brand plainly marked thereon. Delivery of all materials shall be made in such manner as to prevent inclusion of foreign materials and to protect them from damage. (2) Materials subject to damage by the elements shal],be stored in weathertight enolosrrss having floors raised at least 12N above the adjacent grade and in such ma vier as to prevent damage to the origirul containers and to permit easy icentification. Aggregates shall be stockpiled in such manner as to prevent the inclusion of any foreign materials. ' n) mar: (1), Mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 8peoification ' C270-57T, except that no masonry cement shall be used in reinfnrosd brick masonry, or in any grout. (2) yAphins e All oementitious materials and aWagates shall ' be mizN a drumir-type batch mixer for a minimum period of three minutes 5-2 i after all materials have been deposited in the mixer, and for a maximum of time necessary to produce a homogeneous mass, using the quantity of water required to produce the desired workability. ' (3) Hand MixinRS All cementitious materials and aggregates shall be mixed in a tight mortar mixing box. The mixing time shall be not less than is necessary to reproduce results obtained by machine mixing after the required amount of water has been added to obtain daO red workability. (4) HeaeureEnt: The method used for :measuring materials for masonry i ' mortars shall be such that the specified proportions of the materials can be controlled and accurately maintained. The weights per cubic foot of the materials shall be considered to be the followings HAMIAL WIGHT (POP) Masonry cement Printed on bag ' Portland cement 94 lbs. Hydrated lime 40 lbs. Lime putty 80 lbs. ' Sand 80 lbs. (dry) (5) Quicklime shall be slakwi in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and allowed to stand for at least 24 hours before using and in ' such manner ac to protect the mixture against excessive evaporation. (6) • of Hydrated Limes Hydrated lime shall be used in accordance 1 with the manufacturers directions. (7) Property : In addition to requirements set forth herein for measurement an mixing, mortar shall conform to certain aggre- gate ratio, water retention and compressive strength requirements. (a) Aggfsg io_% The damp loose volum of aggregate in the ' mortar shall be not lama than two and one quarter ror more than three times the total separata volumes of cementitioue materials used. L' (b) water RotentL : Mortar mrde of the same materials and in the same proportions to be used on construction, mixed to an initial Mow of 100 to 115% shall have a flow of not less than 70%. (c) 0ompressive : The average compressive strength of three 2" cubes of mortar, made of the same materials and in the same pro- portions to be used on construction, shall conform to strength requirements ' as set forth in ASTH Specification 0270-57T. (8) Proportion Smeo icationss ' (a) In addition to requirements set forth herein for measurement and mixing, mortar shall be proportioned by volume, with respect to type, ' and unless data are presented to show that the mortar mote property speci- ficatione requirements, the proportion specifications shall govern. (b) Type A (Portland cement mortar) shall be proportioned one (1) t part Portland covet to more than one-half (1/2) part but nat more than me L-14 one-quarter (1-1/4) parts of hydrated lime or lime putty to a vinim m 5-3 1 i of four and one-half (4-1/2) parts and a maximum of six (6) parts of ' aggregate measured in damp, loose condition. (o) Type B (Masonry cement mortar) shall be proportioned one part of mas wiry cement to not lees than 2-1/4 parts nor more than 3 parts of aggregate in damp, loose condition. Hydrated lime or lime putty may be added in an amount not to exceed 2C% of the volume of masonry cement when required to increase workability except that this provision shall not apply where the manufacturer of the masonry cement recommends against the addition of lime to his product. ' (d) Grout shall be proportioned one (1) part Portland cement to not more than two (2) parts of aggregate measured in damp, loose condition. Hydrated lime may be added in an amount not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) ' when required to secure workability. Grout containing very fine aggregate, or neat cement grout, may be prepared for use where spaces are too marrow to permit the use of regular grout. 4, kRW MA SHIP s a) Handlings Masonry units shall be handled from storage to scaffold and during erection in such manner as to adequately protect arrisss and expoaei surfaces of units from injury. ' b) Wetting Ducening or s The method of wetting shall be such as to insure that each unit is nearly saturated, surface dry when laid. ' o) HtateMrin4j Mortar which has stiffened shall be retempered to restore workability and water shill be added for this purpose as frequently as ' needed during the period of use. Mortar which has stood for more than two hourri after the initial mixing or which has been allowed to stiffen beyond the point of retompering shall not be used. d) moeratures Unless adequate provisions are made for heating ' and drying materials and for protecting the completed work for at least 48 hours after erection, no units shall be laid when the ambient tempera- ture is less than 320 F. and rising, or below 400 F. and falling. Units having a film of water or frost on their surfaces shall not be laid, and no work shall proceed on frozen materials. ' e) EUtections Unite incorporated as a part of incomplete construction not being worked on shall be adequately protected at all times during con- struction operations. At such times as inclement weather is imminent and/or ' work is discontinued, the tops of all exposed units shall be proteoted with moisture-resietant cover well-secured in place, f) ,loinim of Mlorks Where fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially set or totally set, the exposed surface of the set masonry shall be cleaned and lightly wetted. All loose masonry units and mortar shall be removed. If it becomes necessary to "atop-off" a horizontal run of masonry, this shall be done .only by raking back 1/2 unit length in each course and, if grout is usedp s;opptag grout 4" back of the rake, Toothing will not be permitted except upon written approval of the Architeat. 5-4 g) Mortar joints of all maeionry units shall be of such thickness that the coursing vertically and the bond horizontally will work modular. h) Horizontal and vertical joints in brick m nonry shall be filled solid. ' Mortar shall be spread over the full area of the unit in horizontal joints. Vertical surfaces of the units shall be heavily buttered so that mortar covers the entire end area of the unit before being placed in the wall. ' There shall be a sufficient quantity of mortar used so that as each unit is shoved into place, plumbed and leveled there shall be an excess of mortar squeezed out the joints on both sides of the unit; there shall be ' no voids in th3 mortar in either the head or the bed points. THIS J=IRB- HENT WILL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO AND ANY VIOLATION WILL RESULT IN THE REMVAL AND RFSUILDINO OF SUCH PORTION OF THE MASONRY AS IS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE ARCHITECT. i) lg}ig: All horizontal and vertical joints shall be thoroughly com- pacted and pressed tight against the edges of unite with a proper tool to provide a weat•hertight joint. Tooling shall be done when the mortar has become thumbprint hard. J) All brick shall be laid in a common running bond; wall reinforcement shall be built into each sixth joint of brick masonry, k) Walls shall be erected with units of the site and at the locations to produce the results as shown on the drawings. All units shall be firmly bedded in mortar; laid plumb, true to line and in level, accurately-spaced courses. All corners and reveals shall be built plumb and truss All ' oorners, including wall breaks in the exterior of the perimeter walls shall be bonded. ' 1) Where indicated on the drawings, brick cavity in the wall shall be filled with 3000 psis concrete and reinforced as shown. m) Anchors, inserts and accessories required to be built-in with the masonry shall be placed as called for on the drawings and built-in as erection progresses. ' n) Structural steel items supported on or in masonry shall be full grout bedded, o) Cutting of units required to accommodate the work of others shall be ' performed by masonry mechanics and, along with other necessary cutting, shall be dons in such manner as to insure unbroken edges out plumb and trues Chases and other out or raked-out areas shall be kept free from ' mortar or other debris. Patching shall be kept to a minimum and, wherever necessary on exposed work, shall be carried out in such manner as to re- store the original contour of the patched material in an accurate manner. ' p) Back-up walls shall be laid at least six courses ahead of exterior brick to allow installation of inner wall dempproofing. Sea Division 12 - WATERPROOFING, Dl+TMOOFING. q) Upon completion of the work, all holes in exposed mortar joints shall be filled with fresh morta:- and suitably tooled. After pointing has set 5-5 and hardened, all exposed surfaces of unite shall be thoroughly cleaned ' with stiff brushes, cleaning tools and cloar water. Acid shall not be used. All exposed masonry shall be left clean, free from mortar daubs and with tight mortar joints throughout. ' g. SPECIAL UNITS: ' a) Hal!-round units covering steel columns on the interior shall be unglazed terra cotta units. P_rrovvi a in Contract price bid sum of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000,00) or purchase of these units. ' b) slated brick unite indicated in toilet walls shall be a standard facing brick meeting the applicable ASTH specifications. Color and texture of the glazed lace shall be as selected by the Architect. Provide wance ' of Three Hundred Ten Dollars (0310.00 or thousand !nr purchase of ee units. ~r i Y' S-6 1 DIV13ICN 6 - STRUCENAL STEEL, MMMUL MEN=/ ' 1. SCOPE OF THE WOUt ' a) The work described in this division of the q-walfieations includes all structural steel and open web steel joists. Special cable sus~wWod roof system over the Assembly Hall is described in the fallowing division of ' these specifications, b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary ' for the successful acoomplishmant of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractore o) Shop drawings showing all details of steel constructions shall be sub• ' mitted in accordance with the provisions of Article s of the General Condi- tions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. a) Provide temporary bracing for accurate plumbing and aligning of members ' and to resist all wind and construction loade. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for proper fabrication and section of steel, b) Exposed steel members shall be specially selected for uniformity of texture, straightness and freedom from kinks, twist, warp, pits and scale. Conneetione shall be accurately aligned, with close tolerance, and a neat, smc,ith finish. Appearance is fully as important as strength in there members ' and will constitute grounds for refection even after members are in final position. ' o) All structural stool and open web joists where exposed to view shall be given a shop coat, after fabrication, of approved sinc-chromate, rust- inhibitive paint. Open web foists where not exposed to view sh,jil be, niter fabrication, given a shop coat of black asphaltum paint. Abraded ' and scarred places on both structural steel, woobers and open web foists shall be immediately touched-up with the same paint as used for shop coat. Members shall again be examined after erection and touched-up. UAAL Ss ' 3. 3TRU07 a) All structural steel materials shall comply with the requirements of ' ASTH A36, latest edition, b) Fabrication and erection of structural steel shall comply with the ' Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Suildinga, latest edition and amendnents to date and the Code of Stand- ard Practice, latest edition, both as adopted by the American Institute of ' Stool Construction. welding shall comply with the Standard Code for Are and Gas Welding in Building Construction as published by the American Welding Society, except that .11 welding shall be by the electric arc ' process. e) Grout for column and beam se►\te shall be non-shrink type as manufactured by the Master Builders Co. (Embsoo) or Sonneborn Brothers (Ferrolith G). ' 6-1 r ' 4. OL N WEB STEEL JOISTS: a) Haterials, dosign, welding, anchorage, bridging, handling, erection and shop painting shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Open ' Web Steel Joists as adopted by the Steel Joist Institute, latest edition and amendments. Exceptions to the foregoing are noted on the plains and specified herein. ' b) Fabricator of open web steel foists shall be a member of the Steel Joist Institute or the American Institute of Steel Construction. ' o) All Joist seats shall be welded to steel beams or shall have special anchorage as shown on the drawinge. ' d) Joists shall be loaded for shipment, unloaded, stored and handled to prevent deformation which will be a cause for refection. No field cutting will be allowed. 1 1 t 6-2 4: n o. f DIVISION 7 - CARPET ' 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) Furnish all materiala, labor and equipment necessary to install carpet as called for in these specifications and on the Room Finish Schedule. ' b) Contractor shall submit with his bid the amount allowed for purchase of carpet. ~ S a) Carpet shall be 100% continuous filament nylon pile, permanently bonded to 3/1611 sponge rubber cushion, as manufactured by Commercial Carpet Corpora- tions 10 Nest 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, of "Royalty" quality, 54" wide materiel, b) Appropriate waterproof adhesive shall be used for installation of carpet. 3. S AUA=Ni a) All carpet to be applied using adhesive recommended by carpet manufac- turer. ' b) A laying plan; showing all some said known oross-eems, shall be sub- mitted to the Architect for approval Wore installation begins. ' o) In Roca 205 (Circular Balcony) all seams will follow radial pattern shown on Sheet 6, large plan. ' d) Cares~ t, 8_s Carpet shall run continuously tip wall as detailed, to form base. ' e) Carpet at stairs shall stop at brick nosing as detailed. f) The job shall be left clean of trash and scrape; however, the Owner ' will view all carpet soraps and retain any he chooses for future repairs before they are removed from the job. One quart of adhesive and patching instructions shall be left for the Omer's use. ' g) Installing Contractor shall be required to re-lay any carpet that may separate from sub-surface, if necessary, for a period not exceeding on* year from date of final acceptance, and shall further guarantee that the ' carpet shall not be stained from any adhesive used in the event of any excess moisture conditions which may appear. 1 7-1 1 DIVISION 8 - ROOF DECK. MD ' 1. SCOPE ' a) The work described in division of the specifications includes material and installation Wood roof decks as called for or shown on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be ' furnished by the Contractor. o) A tw+;-piece sample of the wrod Neck shall be furru'.shed to the Architect for approval before ordering. Sampls shall be of sufficient length to be ' representative of the appearance of the material delitvred to the job and shall show the special joint treatmont and tongue-and-.grooving. ' 2. HATERJAL: a) Nominal site of wood deck shall be 11 " select Douglas fir, machined ' to a double tongue-and-groove with lap-wand-gap joint (see detail on draw- ings). Moisture content shall be from 12% to 15%. Exposed face shall be smooth planed. Ends shall be square-trimood so that clean butt joints are obtained without splintered or frayed ends on exposed faces. ' b) All wood deck shall be treated with or-Can" fire protective t b atmsnt as produced by the Koppers Cagany, Inc. ' o) Deck shall be furnished ir. lengths as required by the conditions of job use (see drawings). ' d) Deck shall be pre-drilled at factory for special 8" annularly grooved spikes. 3. INSTALLATION% a) Apply deck with finished face downward and tongues upward on pitched surfaces. Fasten to every support with one spike of sufficient length to penetrate the deck and its supporting members, face-nailed, and one 40d ~ nail toe-nilsd. Runs of deck to be spiked to each other through pre- drilled holue not over 30" apart, with one spike within 10" of each end ' of each piece. End cute shall be such as to allow ends to have full contact, b) Deck over aasenbly hall shall be laid in herringbone pattern as shown] over all other spices the deck shall be laid straight across supports, o) End joints in deck over the assembly hall shall occur only over the sup- ' ports. At other areas the deck lengths shall be random subject to the pro- visions of the following paragraph. d) Lengths are to be so selected in erection that joints in the same general ' lines shall be separated by at least 2 intervening courses, and a minimum distance of 4' between joints in adjacent courses, e) Decks with each laver t U, tha so t r may with s r pa. Cover son sides: s ci"s with 15# asphalt rooting feYt" ewer- ac o ssigal T~. on I I- 8-1 DIVISION 9 - ROOF DECKL POURED GYPSUM ✓ a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes materials and installation of all poured gypsum roof decks indicated on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor, c) Shop drawings showing pLelin spacing and arrangement, and arrangement of formboard panels shall bs submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the t General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' 2. YATERIAW 3 a) All formboards and dry fill, as specified below, shall be delivered to ' tha job in their original, unopened containers or bundles] stored in a place providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. No more formboard shall be laid than can be covered by a completed slab on the saws day. b) Steel sub-purlins shall be an approvs4 type of site and weight shown on the drawings, all to be cux to lengtl+ :zd shop-painted with one coat ' of an approved paint. o) Formboard shall be "Shestroc's" treated formboard as manufactured by ' the U. S. Gypsum Co., and shall be 1/2" x 32" x length equal to main purlin spacing* d) Reinforcement in the poured gypsum slab shall be 48-1214 galvanized, welded wire mesh or "Keydeck" galvanized, woven wire mesh. The effective cross-sectional area of reinforcing mesh, at right angles to the sub- purlina, shall be not lose than 0.026 sq.in./ft. of mesh width. ' e) Gypsum concrete shall be "Thermofill" as manufactured by the U. S. Gypsum Co. ' 3. INSTAIJATION: a) Place and weld each sub-purlin to main purline at each contact point, ~=utg fillet welds 1/2" minimum length placed on alternate sides of sub- purlins where accessible. All and joints are to bear on roof supports: ' b) Place formboards on sub-purlin flanges with all and or cross joilita supported, forms to fit neatly on all four edges. Cut forms to fit at walls, curbs and openings as required. Install approved sheet metal toes to support and joints of square edge formboards not supported by roof f raming. 9-1 ' c) Place 48-1214 reinforcing mesh with 12-gauge wires at right to sub-purlins. If Keydeck is used, place 16-gauge wires at right angles es to sub-purlins. Lap mesh ends at least 611. Do not lap sides of mesh. Cut mash to fit at wall, curbs and openings, and carry mesh into all areas where gypsum concrete is poured. ' d) Mix gypsum concrete with clean water only, as directed on bags. tour over formboards to minimum depth of 211. Minimum cover over sub-purlins shall be 1/411. 8orsed all surfaces to a smooth, even plane ready to re- ceive waterproof roof covering specified. After pouring leave roof deck free and Olean for other trades. 1 1 1 1 1 r ' 9-2 L; DIVISION 10 - ROOF INSULATION v ' 1. SCOPE: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes rigid roof insulation and installation of saaw. t b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. t 2. MATER s ' a) Rigid insulation shall be Fiberglas boards as manufactured by None- Corning. Thickness shall be as hereinafter specifiede b) Asphalt for application shall be as specified in ROOFING AND SH ST ' !'ITAL. 31 APPLICATION s a) Decks shall be rigid, tight, dry, smooth, clean, free from defects, damage and in accordance with the manufacturer's application requirements and be prepared to receive insulation, as specified, by the built-up roof- ing material manufacturer. b) Roof deck over Assembly Hall shall receive two layers of 1/2" board. All other roof surfaces shall have one layer of l" board. a) On wood decks there shall be applied a Fiberglas Combination bhsst with 2" side laps and 6" end laps. It shall be nailed through flat tin caps on 6" centers through the laps and on 12" centers along tines 12" distant from tack edge. Nails shall be 11-gauge, barbed, ga;aanized with 5/8" diameter heads. A second layer of Parma-Ply #11 shall be embedded ' in a mopping of hot asphalt applied at the rate of 30 lbs./100 3.8e d) On poured gypsum decks the same base sheet method shall be followed ' as for wood decks, except that the first sheet shall be Fiberglas Perm-Ply #n. ' e) Insulation shall be laid in a mopping of hot asphalt in courses parallel to edges with the mopping surface up, in 48" wide courses where possible. End. joints in each course shall be staggered with adjoining courses. At breaks in roof over Assembly Hall the insulation shall be bent over the ' ridge for a distance of not less than 12" with the end joints broken between the first and second layers. All insulation shall be cut and fitted neatly where roof deck intersects vertical surfaces, but shall be kept 1/4" from ' all vertical flashings. Ldges of insulation boards shall be butted to provide rAsrats contact, but not deformed. 1 ' lai ' DIVISION 11 - ROOFING 1. SCOPE: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all built-up roofing over both wood and poured gypsum roof decks ar, apeci- fied elsewhere. ' b) Sheet metal flashing used in connection with roofing is specified in Division - SHEET METAL. c) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. GENERAL: ' a) Goofing shall be supplied only by a reputable and experienced Contrac- tor. If built-up and copper work are not installed by same Contractor, the two =aQ cooperate completely and coordinate their work. Roofer shall ' examine all roof surfaces, etc., before starting work and report to General Contractor for correction of any surfaces that are unsatisfactory. When roofing is started on any one area, it shall be taken to mean that deck is in satisfactory condition. ' b) All wood blocking, insulation, nailing strips, end canto at roofs shall be installed complete before roofing work is commenced. 3. MTERIAL-8 : ' a) Asphalt shall be equal to Barrett "Anchor Bond". Steep sel+halt shall be equal to Barrett "Crystal" steep asphalt. b) Tarred felts shall meet ASTH Specifications No. D-227 and shall weigh ' not lose than 15 lbs. per 100 sqq ft. and shall be equal to Barrett "Vaporbar" coated base sheet. ' o) Built-up roof surface shall be washed pea gravel passing 5/8" screen but retained on 1/4" screen, and shall be absolutely dry when used. Color shall be as selected by the Architect. ' d) Flashing and roofer's cement shall be a plastic, nonflowing compound made for the purpose by manufacturers of roofing ma.erials, equal to Barrett 'Slastigum". ' e) Asphalt primer shall be a general purpose, thin, penetrating liquid asphalt in a solvent vehicle. ' f) Nails for built-up roof shall be galvanized self-sealing felt-fast roofing nails. ' g) Cant strip shall be Celotex asphalt-saturated fiber strip of divonsions shown. ' h) Metal roof shall be 16-oa/sq.fto cold rolled copper sirtlar to that manu- factured by Revere Copper & Braes Inc., and shall be in 24" wile rolls. 11-1 i) Gravel stops hooking over steel channel fascia and all other gravel stops shall be 20-oz, cold rolled copper and flashing shall be 16-oz. cold rolled copper. ' J) At the Contractor's option, "TI Guard" copper clad aluminum as manu- factured by Texas Instruments, Inc., Attleboro, Massachusetts may be used in lieu of the copper flashing material. ' k) Screws, rivets, bolts, and other anchoring devices shall be of similar metal to materials they are anchoring, and all dissimilar metal shall be ' separated by a coat of flashing cement. 1) Solder shall be the best grade 50-50 used only with rosin flux. m) Pea gravel shall be well graded approved washed gravel, maximum size 3/440, minimum 0, Gravel shall be free of dust, clay or other deleterious material. Submit ample to Architect for approval. 4. INSTALLATION: a) Built-Up Hoof i All built-up roof areas over non-nailable decks shall have pitch envelopes around their perimeters, installed after edge nailing blocks and cant stripe are completely in place and before roofing is in- stalled. Envelope shall consist of 2 plies of 15-pound felt fully bedded ' in a trowel coat of flashing cement, completely covering nailing block, lapping onto roof deck at le,,,kt 6" and with 8" selvage overhang for fold- back. Install in as long lengths as possible with 8" sealed laps. After ' all plies of roofing felt are installed, selvage edge shall be folded back over same and mopped in place with roofer's cementj insulation shall be laid over envelopes prior to application of membrane. b) On the roof over the Assembly Hall, each roofing ply shall be extended 1 over the breaks in the roof deck 12" at each and and shall be cut off par- allel with the break. After all roof plies have been installed a 24" wide strip e;f 150 felt shall be mopped-on over each roof break continuously fr" peak to the save. a) Over entire roof area, apply built-up roof membrane equal to Barrett Specification 520-0 (20year bond) roof. First ply shall be 40#/100 S.F, base sheet, All plies shall be completely bedded, well-broomed and extend up cant strip as shown, d) After all plies of roofing are installed, pour over entire surface a uniform coating equal to Barrettfs Anchor Bond Cement (minimum 60 lbs/100 S.F.) into which, while hot, embed no less than 400 lbs.AOO S.F. of clean, dry pea gravel as specified. ' s) When applying roofing material, take care not to stain adjacent sur- faces. Any staining by roofing materials shall be removed to the satis- faction of the Architect. 5. _ a) Built-up roofs shall be installed in accordance with a Bonded Roof ' Specification, but in lieu of a Bond, a two (2) year guarantee, as specified herein, shall be provided, 11-2' and s- ' b) Roofing Subcontractor shall furnish written certificate guaranteeing that all roofing materials are installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, that all roofing work is free from faulty materials and workmanship, that pitch will not leak or drip and stain any part of ' the building and providing for repairing and replacement of any faulty materials and workmanship for a period of TWO (2) YEARS FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. o) It is understood that this guarantee does not extend to repair or re- placement of any members of the structure other than roofing, and that ' Roofing Subcontractor shall not be held responsible for leakage clearly attributable to damage during occupancy by occupants or public, nor for leakage due to hurricane or fire, or other contingencies of similar nature. ' 6. SHEET METAL WORK: a) Gravel stops shall be formed in one face piece with 6" long clips spaced 24" o.c. behind, to the details shown on the drawings. End joints shall be held to a minimum and in no case shall be less than 101 apart, shall be lapped 311 and held together with a clip soldered to the underside ' of one sheet. Face nailing or other esj~osed fastening devices of lap joints will not be permitted. Gravel stops shall be installed straight and true, without oilcans, dents or other unsightly defects. ' b) Flashing and oounterflaehing shall be provided at all intersections between roofing and vertical surfaces as detailed on plans. Unless other- wise indicated, flashing material shall be 16-0$. cold rolled copper, bent ' to profile shown, o) After all plies of roofing have been laid, three plies of reinforcing felt shall be hot-mopped in place, extending 6" out onto roof surface and 4" up vertical surface. Metal base flashing shall then be bedded in cement, extending 6" onto roof and 4" up vertical surface, unless othertidse indi- cated, and stripped-in with two layers of felt, 6" and 8", both hot-mopped ' into place. All projections through roof shall be similarly flushed with suitably sized flashing 20-oa, soft copper sleeves and caps. ' d) Provide 20-gauge galvanised iron pitch pockets around flues, vents, exhausts, etas projecting through the built-up roof. Pockets shall be at least 1-1/2" high with flashing logo extending out at least 411. Mop-in all miscellaneous flashing members at pipes, pitch pockets, ventilators ' and other projections through roof. Fill pitch pockets with pitch, s) Cap flashing shall be Revere-Keystone two-piece type, in long lengths, ' with 3" la; at ends. Cap flashing at built-up roof shall be attached to thru wall receiver flashing which shall extend through the wall. to the outside face of the inside wyths, with a 1/4" hook dam. ' f) Elastic wall (lashings at sills, and beams, as indicated on the drawings, shall be "Nervastral Seal-Pruf H-D" or "Saralay 400". The membrane shall be built into a mortar joint of the inside wythe of masonry to within 1" of interior face then extend across the cavity and sown as shown and into a mortar joint of the exterior wythe to wit•hir. 1" of the exterior face of the masonrys Care shall be used to prevent breaking or puncturing Otis membrane. ' g) All sheet metal, including gravel guards, in connection with the roofing shall be considered as an integral part of the roofing and shaJ.l be included in roofing guarantee hersinbefore specified. All other sheet ;octal flashing and other items not connected with the roof shall be guaranteel in writing t for a period of two years. 11-3 DIVISI 12 - WATFRPROOFINQ, DAMROOFIN0 AND CAMMO ' 1. SCOPg OF THE WORKS a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes inner wall dampproofing, colorless waterproofing of exterior masonry and caulking. i b) It is the intention of this specification that the work described herein shall produce a completely watertight structure in all respects. ' The Contractor shall so perform his work that these results are obtained. c) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphemAlia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. M W&M DAWPRAOFINO: ' the sxter~or ! ce of t ,after cleaning and removing pply a ! Flin t to thoroughly rough projectional a cover at the rate of 8 F. Then ap a cot-of Flintkots TroWal 8 ons r 100 24F . . mom pressed into and complete vices. At pro- jecting brick ties and at penetrations through the wall the mastic shall ' be carefully worked-in to fora a complete seal. At thru&+iall and built.-in flashing the mastic shall be worked-in to form a seal with the flashins. ' 3. CjIAQGa a) Caulk around all openings, at points of contact between trim and mae=7 and at all other points offering a potential entrance to moisture as well as at all points where shown on the drawings, b) The ar+Llking material shall be A. Ce Horn Co. NVulcatex" elastic caulk- ing compound, gun grade or knife grade, as required by condition of use, c) Caulking material shall be forced into joints to completely till and 1 seal. The joint shall be finished neatly with a smooth surface. All extra caulking material shall be cleaned from the adJaant surfaces. d) Surfaces to which caulking is to be applied shall be clean and dry. Porous surfaces shall be treated with "Vulcatex" Joint primer, 4. WATFBPROOFINs Alter 1~..1 son is in place, cleaned and approved by the Architect, all exter r urtacee shall be given a single saturating coat of ' nne orn oide S-X Hycon" colorless silicone waterproofing. 12-1 Ems:.. DIVISION - DRY WA~ AND CEILING NSTRUCTI0 ✓ ' 13 N 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes materials and erection of all metal-framed, gypsum board faced walls and ceilings as shown on the drawings. ' o) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other parnphernalis necessary fc^ the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. MATERIALS 3 a) Metal studs shall be a channel rolled from 25-gauge electrogalvanited steel in vidths as shown on the drawings and in lengths suitable for various fob requirements. Each stud shall have holes punched 1211 from each and to ' accommodate electrio conduits. Type USO DWS, b) Floor and ceiling runners shall be roll-formed 25-gauge slectrogalvanited ' channels of width to correspond with stud width. Type USO DWR. c) Ceiling channels shall be roll-formed from 25-gauge slsctrogalvanised steel 7/8" deep. Type USO M)C. ' d) Carrying channels shall be 1-1/2" cold rolled channels, e) Hangers shall be 9-gauge galvanized hanger wire. ' f) Tie wire shall be 16-gauge galvanised annealed wire. ' g) Gypsum board shall be 1/2" thick tapered edge fully equal to USG "Sheet- rock". h) Reinforcement for external corners shall be USO "Dur-A-Bead". i) Trim V.are gypsum board terminates against other materials USO No. 200-8. J) Fasteners shall be 11' USG Type "S" screw. k) Joint treatment shall be USO "Pert-A-Tape" system. 3. INSTALLATION: a) Installation of metal wall systems shall be in strict accordance with the printed specifications of the manufacturer. ' b) All work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be up to the standards of first-class work in every respect. Joints between sheets shall be carefully and accurately made. o) Cutouts for electrical and mechanical outlets shall be located accurately and fitted closely around boxes, duets and pipes so that a minion escutcheon or flange width is required to cover the Joint. ' d) Partition framing shall be so erected that when owum board is applied the sheets will be fiat across each support when tested with straightedge. ' e) Taping and bedding is described in PAINTING AND FINISHING Division. 13-1 ' DIVISION 14 - 1Q5CF.LLAMI NTAW 1 WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the following items: ' 1 Handrail brackets 2 Handrails 3 Pipe rails ' 4 Thresholds and point covers 5 Miscellaneous bolts and anchors 6 "Tee" and angle frames for gasket glazed windows 7) Tubular steel tram for Kitchen counter ' 8 Structural steel lintele b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary ' for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the bark shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. GENERA : a) Furnish all material and labor for each item as hereinafter specified or shown on the drawings. The general drawings are intended to show the character and extent of the work required and do not attempt to show shop methods of fabrica+.".on. ' b) Shop drawings of all items listed showing the general arrangement, design, kind of metal, sizes and finish shall be submitted to the Architect in acoordsnce Wh Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by para- graph 4 of the •l.yplemental General Conditions. ' o) All dimensions shall be verified in the field by job measurement. No allowance fr-7 extra payment will be allowed for misfitting due to discrep- ancy betwsen the dimensions shown on the drawings and the actual dimensions, d) All architectural and miscellaneous steel ahall.be alld steel. All ' structural steel shall conform to AST14 Designation A?. Cast iron shall be soft gray cast iron, straight, true to pattern, sharp and free from imper- Notiono. ' e) The materyals specified are to be the best (f their respective kinds, of new stock wd of standard sizes specified far the work intended: all to be fabricated in a shop capable of producing the highest grade of metal work and whoes principal business is the manufacture of architectural and miscellaneous metal work. ' f) All iron work shall be properly cleaned, after fabrication, and painted one cost of sine-chromate rust-inhibitive primer at the shop. Miscellan- eous clips, inserts, and bolts which are embedded in aasonry or framing shall be furnished without paint. Final finish oohs are specified in ' PAINTING AND FINISHING Division. 14-1 g) welding stall be done in accordance with the requirements of the _ ' "Standard Code of Are and Gas Welding", Continuous welds shall be made in such manner as to prevent "drawing" of the assembly and after fabrica- tion the assembled items shall be checked for warpage and dimensionf if necessary they shall be leveled and straightened, using hydraulic jacks or similar method. Use of heat for straightening items will, not be allowed. 3. SON W ITEM: a) Ha cketa shall be cast iron as detailed on the drawings. ' An s type to fit the condition of use and shall produce a rigid mounting of sufficient strength to carry the loads imposed. b) Handrails and n rails shall be fabricated of steel pips of,sisi and zo sl YoUts shall be flush. Whws Melds is required the welds shall be ground smooth, Anchorage at postb shall be is detailed ' o) The and shy be alwmliow 4"148i ' of flat pUGF-a n catedi-Mmidus shall be s110 6061-~1'6 d 6M-T5 B ' d) muesAineobs bolts and anchors shall be standard perodiiou of side add, gips called for on the draidW. provide all other bolus aftebors, bdiAn+s, expansion shielde, etao as rog,uived for a oomplete job whether or ' not show on the drawings or specifYed hereine e) RTN R and ang10 s !or ~sket ased shsil be of struotural Shapes &a des a be welded and the welds ground saoothe Can dv ll be used that unite are fabricated to be squars► trus said Locusts. ' f) Tubular steel frame for Kitchen counter shall be fabricated of steel tubing of jjW-MM an On , Irrailss mha11 be slap-fabricated in as large units as possible to allow installation. Where frames are ' fastened together the joints shall be flush, using internal sleeves as connectors. ' g) Brick lintels shall be as detailed on the drawings and shall be fabri- oated of structural steel shapes. Angles shall be welded to plate using deep penetration welds. 1 1 14-2 1 DIVISION 15 - GLASS AND GLAZING ' 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: 1 a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes materials and installation of all glass and glazing. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. ' 2. MATERIALS: a) All exterior glass shall be 7/3211 heavy sheet "Graylite 14" as manufac- tured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. b) Interior glass, except that at the ticket window, shall be 1/4" clear polished plate glass, parallel ground, as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glase, Libbey-Owens-Ford, Ford Motor Co., or American-Saint Gobain Corp. ' c) Glass at Ticket Window shall be "Herculite", 3/8" tempered plate glass as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. d) Mating gaskets shall be Stanlock section SL-1612 as manufactured by ' Standard Products Co. s) Glazing tape shall be a vulcanized, self-adhering, virgin Butyl rubber compound in tape form. Thickness shall be 1/16" thicker than joint to be filled and of sufficient depth to completely fill the joint. ' f) Cement-asbestos panels shall be "Cemesto" with fiberboard core, thick- ness as shown on the drawings, 3. INSTALLATION: a) Glazing gaskets shall be shop fabricated from field measurements. All corners shall be injection molded in one piece to eliminate mitered corner ' joints. Lock strips are to be mitered at corners on the job site and shall be 1/1.01 longer than side to allow for added pressure of the locking strip. ' b) Immediately upon arrival, gaskets shall be removed from the cartons and laid out flat in a clean, warm area te, allow the gaskets to recover their shape, ~ ' c) Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed directions. At least one man in each crew shall have had previous experience with gasket glazing. ' d) Glass to be installed in wooel or metal frames shall have edges taped with glazing tape as specified before installation. Tape shall be com- pressed by the stop so that glass is held snugly with no air infiltration or rattle. 1 ' 15-1 ' e) Glass shall be cut to site, within the manufacturer'3 recommended tolerances. Cutting shall be done in the shop and shall result in clean and accurate edges with no sawtooths. Glass shall not be cut on the Job. f) Stops, both wood and glass, shall be in one piece on each side and shall be installed with flat-head screws. Corners shall be carefully fitted. S) Cement-asbestos panels shall be installed in the same manner as the glass panels. h) After glazing, glass panels at floor level shall be stripped with masking tape to prevent accidental breakage. 1 i) Just before final inspection of the building all glass shall be cleaned and polished. 1 1 1 1 1 1 15-2 DIVISION IS - WOOD BLACK FLOURING V/ 1. SCOPE: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes wood block flooring indicated on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment, materials, labor, and other paraphernalia neces- sary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be furnished under this contract. 2. MATER : a) Flooring shall be manufactured from kiln-dried old growth Douglas fir ' with no defects on the wearing surface which shall be 16D% and grain face. Each block shall extend the full depth of the flooring. ' b) The blocks shall be precision-machined four aides to not less than 1-3/81' x 3-1/2" n pr more than 1-3/4" x 5-1/2" face and shall be assembled with continuous wood splines into tongue-and-grooved strips of uniform width not less than J-1/2" nor more than 5-1/2". Strips shall be 1-1/2" thickness in random lengths 20 to 81 averaging at least 61. Bass of strips shall be grooved to care for surplus mastic. ' c) Flooring shall be protected from injury or dampness and shall not be stored or installed in building until concrete work is completed and fully dry. ' d) Ikenhalt r r shall be Bruce Everbond Primer as manufactured by the E. L. Rruce Go. ' e) ,jrfg,& is fats ono shall be Bruce Everbond rXM Mastic as manufac- tured by the Be L. Bsglce Co. ' f) Expansion joint material shall be premolded cork. 3. YEN : ' a) Concrete subfloor shall be smooth, level and free from depressions and shall be parallel to the surface of the finished floor at a depth equal to the thickness of the flooring, t b) After thoroughly sweeping the subfloor of all dust and dirt, apply asphalt primer uniformly and well-worked-in using sufficient to cover floor ' completely (approximately lO gallons per 1000 S.F.) and allow the primer to dry thoroughly, c) After primer is dry, apply coat of mastic as specified, spreading to ' a depth of IAO" to 1/8" in accordance with the marnfacturerts specifica- tions. ' d) Lay flooring in pattern indicated on the drewing,w, with firm adhesion to the subfloor without blisters or air pockets. As oach strip is laid, it shall be tapped snug with rubber mallet using care to maintain straight 1 ' lb-1 1 ' lines. Each four to six rows the strips shall be driven up tight with a driving log. Stagger and points of strips and keep well distributed. e) Keep mastic off top surface and from upper part of strips. ' f) Provide 211 expansion point around all edges of roosts, columns, walls and partitions, filled with premolded cork expansion material. ' g) Floor sanding and finishing shall not begin until five days after floor is laid (this is to allow the floor to acclimate to the normal conditions ' of humidity and for the mastic to cure). The floor shall then be finished as followat (1) Sand smooth; first pass, #4 grit; second pass, #2 grit; third ease, 01/0 grit; fourth pass #20 grit. (2) 14pe floor clean and free of dust. ' (3) Apply two coats Mrcosheen" as manufactured by Masury-Young Co., ?b Rowland St.T on, ssac use s, mopped-on with a damp mop at the r rate of 300 sq.ft./gal. Do not apply second coat until first is dry (mini- on 24 hours between coats). Keep traffic off floor for #.t least four hours after second coat is applied. 1 ' lb-2 ' DIVISION 17 CLAY AND CER11XffC TILE 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes clay floor tale and ceramic tile floors and walls where indicated on the Finish Schedule, b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this potrtiod of the work shall be fur- niched by the Contractor. 2. &TERIAW s a) Ceramic tile shall be Standard Grade and meet the requirements of Sim- plified Practice Recommendation R-61 issued by the U. S. Department of Com- merce and/or Federal Specification SS-T-308, latest revisions. All the shall be delivered to the job in unopened grade-ssaled containers. A manufactutmor+s "Master Grade Certificate" shall be furnished before instal- lation is started. ' b) Tile for Toilet and Shower Room floors shall be unglazed, ceramic mosaic, 1" x IN, colors as selected from Group 3 by the Architect. If colors from Groups 1 or 2 are selected, proper credit shall be given to ' the Contract. o) Tile for Toilet and Shower Room walla shall be satin-glaze wall tile, 4-1/4" x 4-1/4", color as selected by the Architect, d) Clay floor the shall be DsHanis, U-1/21, x 11-1/2" x 3/4" unites e) Brick pavers shall be Frazer Tile Kfg. Coq, Seguin, Texas, 3-3/4" x 7-3/4" x 14/2". f) Samples of all tile shall be submitted to the Architect for approval ' prior to placing order. 3. SETTING: a) All workmanship shall be in strict accordance with the current accepted standard installation practice of the Tile Council of America, Ina. Addi- tional application or installation specifications, as issued by the manufac- turer of the setting materials used, shall be implicitly followed. !Mork shall be carefully laid out from the center of spaces to avoid small cuts ' at borders. All cuts shall be rubbed smooth and even, b) Joints of l/8" or less, after being saturated with water, shall be grouted with prepared waterproof grout or waterproofed Portland cement, mixed to a creamy consistency and thoroughly forced into all joints, so that the joint is filled to its entire depth. The grout shall be raked back to the depth of the cushion on cushion-edge tile. DIhanis tile joints ' shall be grouted with natural color Portland cement mortaro 4. C_1LUN O AND PROTECTIONS ' Tile floors and walls shall be left clean after grouting or pointing and pro- tected with a suitable covering for curingg, before other trades have access to the room. Curing covering nay be roll on floors after final cleaning. Acid shall not be used for cleaning any glazed tile. 1 17-1 1y . ue DIVISION 16 - gWATAY MD FINISH WOOMORK 1. RKs -SOM OF THE ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all rough and finish carpentry, wood framing, millwork, rough hardware, Installation of finish hardware as required for the completion of the ' project, unless specified to be furnished and/or Installed under other divisions of these specifications, b) Formwork for concrete is specified under Dibisioh "CMCRM WORK". o) All carpentry shall be in harexq with other materials ar;3 finishes and adjustments as necessary shall be made so that all parts work out to ' give desired results. All lines, levels+, and dimensions shall be verifies! and all parts shall be -ieeurately made, placed and finished. d) All carpentry work shall be strictly first-class as regards both appear- ance and strength. Both framing and trim shall be erected either plumb or level and to straight lines. ' e) All millwork cabinet Nork and trim shall be constructed from two - i~ sui accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions as mm ivied by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. Millwork and cabinet work shall be constructed from job measurements,, f) An tools, equipment, material, labor and othw paraphernalia necessary ' for the successful acooWlishment of this portion of the work shell be fur- nished by the Contractor. ' 2. N&U& AI s a) Framing Lumbers (1) All fr 1 r shall be 01 &-outhern ins S.MI.r8.4 or western _ fir gradsaW s r. (2) Lumber shall be dressed and shall conform to American Lumber Stand- ards Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16 and to Grading Rules of Mnu- facturers Association under whose rules it is produced, and shall bear ' grade and trade mark of manufacturers' association. (3) Lumber shall have maximum n:-)isture content of not more than 159 and shall be kiln- or air-dried and well seasoned. (4) All-framing - o or light- p -,t wei t in a and roof b ttens oa en na er , 6TlKIY"a ' toxic p essays treat-fl-.'Me '.UI to injected be 0*35 . per cubic Voot of wood and lumber shall bear seal of approval of preservative manufacturero b) The following items shall be select whits oaki 1 Wood handy s 2 at Ticket Booth 3 All 4) Top and bottoa rails d look rail on spa3141 wood doors ~A.'~T CYIaw. 18 1 ~Y 1 ' o) All other finish wood shall be "C" Beloit„po"J. MUZ d) Plywood shall be Douglas fir, interior type, "edge grain" faces exposed to view as on the exterior of cabinet work shall be "N" grade (intended for natural finish). Faces not normally exposed to view, as on the interior of cabinet work, shall be "B" grade. Faces on the backside of panels where covered permanontly by other materials shall be "C" or "D" grade. e) Mila ted beams shall conform with the requirements of U. S. Com- mera`ial Stan for dry condition of use, Architectural appearance grade, and shall bear the manufacturers stamp indicating conformance with ' the aforementioned specifications. (AITC Quality Product Mark). Seams shall be fabricated of Douglas fir. f) Wood flush panel doors shall be built, up of solid strip cores, carefully glue an rs shall be cross-banded with veneer and edged with clear hardwood stock matching face veneer. Doors shall be RAddia,." V OP Dowel", Curtis "American", Monger "Permadoor'l, or an approved equal, of e -IKVMor grade and of size and thickness shown on the Door Schedule. Face veneer shall be select whitSgak, All doors shall be unconditionally guaranteed to b res rom defects of material and/or workmanship for the life of the building, and manufacturer shall replace, without cost to the Owner, any door which proves defective within this period. Ouarantee does not include fitting, hanging, or finishing of rspl,xsmsnt doors. ' g) Wood panel doors where indicated on the Door Schedule shall be Premium gradr; "[d'dgi'lflel!"!! AWI Quality Standards, Section 14000 except that stiles and rails shall be solid stock. Panels shall be plywood of thickness shown, prepared to receive special carved panels (See Allowance). Doors shall be of select white oak. ' h) Plastic laminate counter surfaces shall be 1/16" thick, and fully equal to "Formica", "Consoweld", "Textolite" or "Wilson Art" of colors and pattern as selected by the Architect, r i) d S : Wood sticks and board screen shall be r. awn from nominal ~ne on stock with hollow ground cross-cut saw. JOT sxp sod ' gee o e reaee aan pa 11Vt1'y`'M FM any splinters. J) Acoust t on behind wood sticks shall be Owens-Corning Texture Face iber s" e s 2" x 48" x 1". k) Burlap where shown behind sticks, shall be as selected by the Architect. Allow in the price bid 60.60 per yard of 47" width.LUsths ptarc000s of this 3. 1 RI VSNIP s ' a) ne (1) Carpentry work shall be done carefully so as to result in neat cuts and close joints; members shall be fitted so as to give firm seating where concealed and so that joining in finish work will be neat in appearancs. ' (2) Joints in trim at angles and corners shall be mitered and all exposed nails s'iall be set and puttied. 18-2 ' (3) All work manufactured at the mill shall be jointed precisely and shall be of highest quality in every particular. Hill work shall be neatly and carefully set and firmly anchored in position at the job. ' (4) Size and spacing of rough hardware, nails, screws, anchors, nailing clips, etc., for various purposes shall be according to beet practices and/or se detailed. Finish hardware shall be fitted and applied in a nest, thorough- ly workmanlike manner. Mortising for locks shall be cut accurately and of proper site for lock to be installed. All door butts shall be mortised, true and straight so that butts will close tightly without tension. Finish ' hardware trim shall be fitted and then removed prior to finishing surface, being replaced after all chance of staining or damage is over. ' (5) Trim at all openings shall be continuous for the full height of the opening, Horizontal trim shall be full width with joints at intersec- tion with vertical members only. All corners shall be mitered and all joints flush and closely fitted, with all pieces securely attached to each ' other and to the wall; plumb or level and in alignments b) FkAphiAR and Protectinitt ' (1) All finishing shall be beet grade of joiner worts. In addition to proper mill surfacing and sanding, this Contractor shall sand by hand rAl finiehes which show hammer and tool marks, raised grain, or are otherwise ' not smooth. Scraps all hammer and tool marks, set all nails, and sand nail holes smooth. ' (2) Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all doors, paneling, fixtures, door and window openings, exposed corners, eto,, during construc- tion and shall furnish all necessary wood boxing, paper, cloth, vinyl shoot- ings shavings, etc., necessary for this purpose. (3) Damaged materials and fixtures will not be accepted and Contractor shall replace material damaged due to lack of protection during construction. ' (4) Contractor shall replace protection temporarily removed during con- struction. Any protection removed before need for same has expired, shall ' be promptly replaced. The Architect reserves the right to withhold certifi- cation for partial payment on materials in place which are inadequately protected. ' o) Woos Handreijsss~ (1) wood handrails shall be of white oak as detailed, and shall be ' attached to motal rails with cadmium a e athead wood screws 24" o.o., countersunk flush to metal. ' (2) All rails shall rut full length, with joints at corners and angles only. All joints shall be smooth, tight and securely glued. ' d) Plastic kL4pates (1) All counters and splashes shall be covered with plastic lamineoe as called for in this specification, and shall be pressure-glued to plymW, ' top at tdo mill, where indicated. ' 18-3 ' (2) All corners shall be butt-jointed and sanded slightly to remove sharp edge. Pieces shall run continuous between partitions where possible and where run is longer than available material, laminate shall be no-stly butted at center or third points to give continuous appearance. (3) Application and adhesives shall be in strict accordance with manu- facturer's instructions and highest standards of workmanship. e) Mood Stick Nabs and Ceiling Panele: Panels are made of the following: ' (1) 1" x 4" Frame around 3A" acoustic insulation board. (2) Burlap Wall covering over one side of 1" x 4" from and acoustic ' insulatioe Soi s stapled on the back side of frame. (3) I!"; " ood sticks are attached 2" o.ce over burlap to 1" x 4" ' frame. (4) Panels are installed as shown on drawings. ' 4. SPECIAL CARVED PA1HSs Provide in the price bid an alloqr es of Teat -rive Hundred Dollars 62 500.00) for the purchase 0007 special hf ' a Xnatallation of panels is not included in tM allowance low a be athin e scoppse a Architect ss ec and arrange or a execution or finess ppanglg` ' S. CLEANING: ' The Contractor shall be responsible for the thorough cleaning of all work upon completion, including the interiors of all cabinets, drawers, sto. 1 1 1 18-4 r ' DIVISION 19-. HSTAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND TOILET ACCESSORIES 1. SCOPE: ' a) The work described in this division of the Specification* includes the followings ' 1 Ceiling-hung toilet partitions 2 Wall-hung flush urinal screens 3 Paper holders 4 Combination towel dispenser, soap dispenser and mirror 5 Waste receptacles ' b) All tools, equipment, materials, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished under this Contraot. 2. 1,OR&T PARTITIOMs a) All metal toilet partitions shall be fully equal to Cofi&ury type, 1 Pores s manufactured by the Sanymdtal Products Co., Inc., as ssor bs hereinafter. b) Doors and partition panel units shall be 1" thick, insulated with ' honeycomb core (Sridgecore) and with 18-gauge vitreous porcelain sheet steel bonded to each side. Panel plates shall have formed edges sealed with a continuous oval crown looking strip of polished stainless steel. Corners shall be mitered, welded, ground smooth and polished. Door edges shall be electrically welded together with welds spaced not over 18" apart around the entire perimeter. Partitions shall be cut out to receive ' sanitary napkin disposals as described elsewhere in this division, o) Pilasters shall be 1-1/4" thick, made of two sheets of 18-gauge vitre- ous porcelain sheet steel, welded and finished as specified for partitions and doors. Pilasters shall be secured to overhead member with 7/16" diameter galvanised bolts. Pilaster connection shall be secured by a porcelainized integral 12-gauge split "U" channel welded to pilaster member. This connec- tion shall be secured by an external-internal locking saddle activated by 7/16" nuts and facing washers. Looking saddles, washer plates, nuts and bolts shall be hot dipped galvanized. Pilaster key spacers will be pro- vided and installed between bottom of supporting member and finished ceil- ing line. Strains of lateral thrust shall be transferred to structural carrying member independent of finished ceiling material. ' d) Dividing partitions and pilasters shall be attached to one another with 3" long stirrup brackets of heat treated, polished and anodized aluminum alloy. Each bracket, with four attachment holes, shall be through-belted ' through the dividing panels with 3/16" brass shoulder, Phillips heats screws and brass sex nuts. Where passel brackets attach to pilaster, a fibre gasket shall be placed between bracket and porcelain enamel surface of pilaster. ' 1/4" #20 brass chrome-plated machine screws shall be corneoted to concealed rivsut reinforcements. Pilaster attachment to ceiling shall be concealed with a one-piece 3" polished type 302 stairsleae steel shoe. Trim (shoe) shall be theft-proof and hold in place with concealed anchor clips without ' the use of exposed screw. ' 19-1 ' e) Doors shall be equipped with Sanymetal #79610 concealed, controlled gravity hinges. ' (1) Brackets: Upper and lower hinge brackets for door mounting shall be Zamac alloy, factory-mounted on the pilaster. Bracket shall be flush with external surfaces of the pilaster and finished to match the stainless steel locking strip. Top hinge pivot door fitting shall be recessed and ' inset into door edge approximately 2" below the top. Stainless steel or Delrin pivot pin shall be mounted within the door structure, supported both above and below the pivot bracket. ' (2) Operation: A thrust bearing fixed in place by a stationary verti- cal pintle concealed within the door shall carry the door weight. Opera- tion of the door shall be controlled by opposing Zytel cams under spring tension, mounted on the fixed vertical pintle. Hinge shall be adjustable to permit door to rest at any angle, or to hold door open or closed when not latched. Hinge shall avert momentum stresses by permitting free move- ment without raising or lowering the door. All moving parts shall be self- lubricating and completely concealed within the 1" door thickness. ' (3) Hinge WA Door H a : Top and bottom door hinge fittings shall be non- erroue alloy. Door hinge fittings shall be so formed to permit the outor face to be fully flush with the face plates of the door. Corner door fittings shall be interlocked with the oval ' crown locking strip around the door perimeter, finished to match looking bar. ' (4) Accessories. Attachment and onetructloni Each door shall have a cast alloy chrome-plated hook an bumper. It shall be attached by chrame- plated one-wvy head machine screws into concealed rivnut reinforcements t with a gasket between the coat hook and porcelain enamel surface. Each door shall be equipped with Sanymetal 08600 concealed latch with face mortised flush with edge locking strip. All working parts to be completely concealed within the door thickness. Latch bolts shall be stainless steel ' and exposed escutcheon plate and handle polished chrome-plated non-ferrous metal. A one-piece, non-ferrous alloy stop and keeper to be flush-mounted with pilaster surface shall be provided. Stop and keeper shall be polished ' chrome-plated finish with 3/4" diameter rubber bumper, locked in place, made theft-proof, and fastened to the pilaster with machine bolt and toggle. f) Finish and Color: Partitions, doors and pilasters shall be vitreous ' enameled, conforming to Porcelain Enamel Institute specifications, on all interior and exterior surfaces with ground coat. Finish coats of porcelain on exterior (exposed) surfaces only. Colors shall be selected from the ' manufacturers standard color chart. g) Shop drawings and brochures shall be submitted in accordance with ' Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. 3. URINAL SCREEti3I ' a) Urinal screens shall be fully equal to wall-hung flush Type "A" as manufactured by the Sanymetal Products Co., Inc. 1 I ' 19-2 b) Screen partitions shall be 1" thick made of two sheete of #18 gauge vitreous porcelain sheet steel with edges formed, assembled over and ce- mented under pressure to a dense, sound-deadening hono)vomb insulation. The two face plates shall have formed edges and shall be electrically t welded together and sealed with a continuous oval crown locking strip of polished stainless steel. Partitions to be vitreous porcelain enameled on all interior and exterior surfaces with color and finish coats of porce- lain on the exterior (exposed) surfaces only. Panels to have integral formed reinforced moluiting flanges. ' o) F ishs All units shall be vitreous porcelain enameled, conforming to Porcelain Enamel Institute specifications, on all interior and exterior surfaces with ground coat. Finish coats of porcelain on exterior (exposed) surfaces only. Colors shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors, d) Shop drawings and brochure shall be submitted in accordance with ' Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' 4. ?AM HOLCBR3_: a) Paper holders shall be fully equal to Model B272, surface-mounted toilet tissue cabinets as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers Ina. ' b) Cabinets shall be made of 22-gauge stainless steel, equipped with a double-pronged key look. ' o) Cab:nete shall dispense either single-fold or double-fold toilet tissue and shall have a capacity of 1500 single-fold tissuess d) A cabinet shall be located in each toilet stall, positioned as directed, with chrome-rplatec' through bolts and sex nuts. ' 5. SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAISs a) Sanitary napkin disposals shall be fully equal to Model 8353 recessed ' unit and B354 double unit as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers, Inc. b) Units shall have flanges, door and receptacle of 22-gauge Type 302 stainless steel, satin finish. Cabinet shall to Type 302 stainless steel, ' all welded oonstruction. Receptacle shall be completely enclosed and removable by recessed finger grip. Door shall be self-olosing and equipped with full length piano hinge and spring, and shall be lettered Wpkin ' Disposal" and "Push" with engraved lettering. c) Double units shall be mounted between pairs of stalls and the single ' recessed unit shall be placed in the and stallr. 6. COMBINATION RECESSED TOHfE'.L DISPENSER. SOAP DISPENS84 AND HIRRORs ' a) Unit shall be fully equal to Model 330 combination unit as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers, Inc. and shall incorporate the following features: 19-3 1 ' (1) Flange of 22-gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, drawn, one-piece seamless construction with satin finish, without mitered corners, ' (2) Door of heavy gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, including full length stainless steel piano hinge. (3) Cabinet of heavy gauge, Type 302, stainless steel, with satin finish. ,111 welded construction. (4) Paper towel di "naer of 22-gauge, Type 3.32 stainless steel, welded 'n place, with stainless steel adaptor to allow use of either multi- fold or "C" fold towels. (9) Shelf of 22-gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, with retaining edge. (6) Soap vessel of heavy gauge, Type 302 stainless steel; 101 fluid ounce oaoaoity; unbreakable refill indicator; locked filler top recessed ' in shelf; provide special key for opening. Soap valve to be Bobri^.k stainless steel mechanism with "0" ring ' packings. (8) Tumbler lock concealed behind door. ' (9) Mfrm of #1 quality 1/4" polished plate glass, electrolytically copper-plated with five-year guarantee. Mount on padded backing. RECESSED -MM FMCFSPTACLEs Waste receptacle shall be fully equal to Model 8367 as manufactured by ' Bobrick Dispensers, Inc., constructed of heavy gauge Typs 302 stainless steel with 3t1 exposed surfaces satin finished. Weld•,d cabinstk drawn am-piece flange without mitered corners; tumbler lock to secure removable waste container into cabinet. Furnish vinyl-plastic liners mounted on ' hooks so arranged to prevent removal unless oabinet is unlocked. 8. GREPAL : a) All lockable items described hereinbefore shall be keyed alike through- out the building. ' b) Brochures describing toilet accesbories and showing rough-in dimensions for recessed items and bolt spacing for surface-mounted items shall be sub- mitted in accordance with Article S of the General Conditions as moWied ' by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' 19-4 ' RIVISION 20 - lGTAL DOQRS._FRAMES, AND METAL WIRDW FROMS 1. SCOPE OF THE WORKi a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all metal doors, door frame, and window frames. b) Window frames constructed of structural steel shaped (clerestory windows) are described in Division "NISCBLLA.d=S MULS". i c) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Ceatractor. ' 2. WORK NOT INCLUDEDt a) Hardware for metal doors is specified in Division "FINISH HAMARE", i b) Finish painting is specified in Division "PAINTING AND FINISHING". 3. ORSi a) Flush metal doors shall be a completely flush design and shall be con- structed of two outer sheets of lb-gauge stretcher-leveled steel formed and rigidly connected and reinforced inside with continuous interlocking 20-gauge stiffeners. ' (1) The doors shall be continuously are welded vertically where tho two outer sheets are joined and dressed smooth. An doors shall be sound- deadened with mineral wool. i (2) The doors shall. be mortiss%l, reinforced, drilled and tapped for hinges, locks, and flush bolts, and reinforced for closers and other aur- i face-mounted hardware. Any drilling and tapping required for surface hardware shall be done in the field. All hardware shall be applied in the field. i b) TutW ar metal doors shall bo constructed to the details shown on the drawingc of 16-gauge stretcher-leveled steel. Joints shall be continuously are welded and. welds ground smooth. Intersections between stiles and rails shall be reinforced to provide a rigid unit. o) Door mid window frames shall be constructed to the details (note special sections) Shown on the drawings. Interior frame shall be of 16-gauge steel, extarior frames of Up-gauge steel. Frames shall be mortised, re- inforced, drilled and tapped for hinges and lock strikes and reinforced for closers and other surface hardware. Joint between head and jamb shall be mitered and are welded and backed by reinforcement to provide a rigid and squats unit. Furnish rubber door silencers for the strike jamb. Loose "T" masonry anchors or others as required shall be furnished with the frames. Frames shall be designed to finish flush with the floor with adjustable floor anchors provided. Window frames shai; be essentially of the same construction as the door frames, except that sill member shall be included as an intsgval part of the frame unit ar±d channel stops as detailed, furnished. 20-1 ! d) All d5ors and frames shall be Sonderized and, given one shop coat of baked-mi ruet-inhibitive primer. ! 4. INSTALLATION: 1 Door and window frames shall be built into the masonry, using anchoras.% as detailed. They shall be set up exactly in place, plumb and square and shall be held firmly in place until masonry has been built around them. 1 1 i 1 i i 1 i I 1 1 1 20-2 ' DIVISION 21 - DOOR SCHMS DETAILS ~fiZE (SHEET 9) TYPE REt4ARKS 1 0 a 0 .s Milly ' ~ Thick- noes, Thresh- x o Inghes Head :Jamb Jib hold ~ ti A B C D E F G H I J X L Column Identit. First Floors ' 1 2'-6"x8'-0";Pr) 1-3/4+ 1 2 2 3 X Built Up Carved fkod,Refer Spec 2A 21-61x91-0" Pr 1-3/4+ 1 2 2 3 X Ditto anae 321-611x -0"(Pr) 1-j/4+ 1 2 2 3 X Ditto 4/1 OMIT 5/3 21-6"x8f-0" Pr 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 6/1 21-6"x8f-0"iPri 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 7/i 2'-6',xef-4"(Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label ' 8/1 2'-6"x8'-0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 9/1 2' -6"x~8' -0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 10/1 2'-6"x8+-0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label ' 11A 2' -6'fx8' -0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 12/.1 P.1-6 "x8 f -0" Pr) 13/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 13/1 21-6"x8'-0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 14/1 31-011x81-011 Pr) 13/4 19 20 21 22 X zoo ' ' 15/1 31-3"x81-01' 13/4 * ll ll 7 X zoo Se ct18 8 16A 31-61,x-8'-0"(Pr) 1-3/4 35 11 11 47 X Sheet 8 17/1 31-611x8'-01'(Pr) 13/4 35 11 11 47 X X 1831-01fx6'-8" 1-3/4 10 11 ll - X ' 1931.Oltx6f4" 1-3/4 10 U 11 - x x 201l 21-8"x6'-8" 13/4 8 9 18 17 X X 21/1 21-8"x6f-8" 1-3/4 8 9 18 17 X 22/1 2'-8"x6'-8I' 1-3/4 29 11 11 _ X 23/1 214"x614" 13/4 29 11 n x x 24/1 214"x6f4" 1-3/4 l0 11 11 17sim X ' X 25/1 21-8"x6f-8" 1-3/4 10 11 ll - X x 26/1 21-8"x81-0" 1-3%4 10 u 11 # X *Sea Dtl.1,Sh.2 27/~ 41-2-3/4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 24 24 47sim X X 28/1 41-2-3/4" x9f-4" Pr 2 23 24 25 47sim X X 29/1 41-2-3/4' 91-4" Pr r 23 24 24 47sim X 30/1 4f-2-3/4"W -4" Pr 2 23 26 26 47sim x ' A_B C F G .J K L 1 Idesstifica. ' 21-1 C D E 0 K L Co;umn Ident~,t. 31/1 4'-2-3/4"x9:-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X 32A 41-2-3/4 4n Pr) 2 23 26 26sim - x ' 33/1 41-23/4"X9'-4" Pr) 2 23 26 26sim - x 34h 41-24/4"x9) -/s" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X 35/1 4+-X2.4/4"x914"(Pr) 2 23 26 26sim - X ' 36/1 W -2-3/4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 26 269im - X 37/1 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X 38/1 41-2 3/4"4f-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim _ X 39/1 41-2-3f4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim x 40/1 41-23/4"411-4"(Pr 2 23 26 26sim - x ' 40 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr) 2 23 26 26sim _ x 42/1 41-23/4"x9~-4" Fr 2 23 26 26sim x 43/1 4'-2-3/4"x9:-4" Pr 2 23 26 26 - x 40 1 41-2-3/4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 26sim 26 _ x 45/1 41-2-3/4"41-4" Pr 2 23 26 269im x 46/1 41-2-3/4"411-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X 47/1 41-23/4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 26sim 26 - X 48/1 41-2-3/4"4'4" Pr 2 23 26sim 26sim - x 49/1 41-23/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 26sim 26sim - x t 50/1 41-23/4"x9'-4"(Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X X 51/1 41-2-3/4"x914"(Pr) 2 23 26 24 47sim X 16-Gs.Sh.Htl. ' 52/1 21-81lx6l-8" 1-3/4 10 11 11 17siu X on 8xt. Face 53/1 41-0"41-8" 1-3/8 - - * X *See Seo.3,Sh.2 Se ' s -6"x6f-0"(Pr) 1-3/4 27 27 27 6 x 2/2 3 -0 x8 -0 1-3/4 10 28 11 6 X B Label 3/2 31-01►x8l-olp 1-3/4 10 28 11 6 X B Label ' 4/2 31 -011x8 ► -0" 1--3/4 10 11 11 30 x B Label X 5/2 31-0"x81-0', 1-3f4 48 11 28 17sim X 6/2 31-0+'x81-0" 1-3/4 29 11 11 - X X 7/2 31-0"xa i -0" 1-3/4 48 28 11 47sim X ' X 8/2 3 1-0"x81 -0" 1-3/4 8 28 11 - x X 9/2 21-8"x81-0" 1-3/4 8 11 13 - x ' X 10/2 21-6lix8l-0'l 1-3/4 8 13 13 - x X 11/2 211-8"Al-0" 1-3/4 6 13 13 - X X 12/2 21-8"x81-oil 1-3/4 29 31 32 17 X ' x 1312 21-8"A+-0'l 1-3/4 29 31 32 17 X X 14/2 21-81!x8loll 1-3/4 8sia 11 11 17 x x 15/2 31-0"x81-0" 1-3/4 801m 11 12 - x 102 21-6"x81-0" 1-3/4 10 ll 11 - X ' 17/2 21-8"Al-0" 1-1f 2+ 14 -15- 16 Special Wood Stick Horis. X 18/2 211-61;x81-07s 1-3/4 10 11 11 _ x Sliding A B $ H I 1 K L t.Ideatitica. 21-2 ' A B C D E F G H I J K L Column Identif. 19/2 161-0,'x9'-10-3/41' 1-318 40 41 41 - X ' 20/2 10,-01IX91-10-3/4" 1-318 40 41 41 - X ' 21/2 8' -0 "x8' -011 1-3/8 40 49 49 - X 22/2 8 1 -0+'x8 I -0" 1-3/8 40 49 49 - X 23/2 3-41-011x121-10-1/20, 2 4 5 6 * *Details Sh.6, - Construction Details SM. 24/2 4-61-0"x141-8" 2 4 5 6 * *Ditto 25/2 3 141,x814"(Pr) 1-3/4 29 11 11 30 X ' 26/2 121-0"x8'4" 1-3/8 * 41 41 X *Bi-fold Hdw. as Specid, See Detail 16psh-7 27/2 31-011x81-0"(Pr) 1-3/4 33 48im 4sim 34 X Access doors to Rm.220 below louver 1 ' A B C E F 0 H I K L Col.Idsntific&* 1 r 21-3 ' DIVISION 22 - FINISH HAhMRE 1. SCOPIS OF THE WORK: ' a) Furnish a complete line of hardware of every description to equip adequately all doors and other movable parts throughout the building, un- less otherwise spesified, for proper operation as indicated or reasonably implied by the drawiage. b) The hardware list, included hereinafter, is given to illustrate type, ' weight, operation, quality and finish of hardware required. c) Hardware shall be limited to the products of P & F Corbin, Rus Bell & Erwin, Lockwood, and Sargent, except for certain specialties Viiich may be ' of other high grade standard makes as specified in the following schedule. Butte shall be limited to the products of Stanley Hardware, i(cKinney Mfg. Company, Lawrence bros. Ug, Company or Hager. Surface closers, pushplatea, pulls, stops, bumpers, mid holders shall be as scheduled - no substitutions. d) All locks and cylinders shall be grand master-keyed with existing ' Municipal Building system, master keyed in new set, and keyed alike as directed. Furnish four (4) master keys and four (4) keys for each lock. e) The hardwire supplier shall submit, in seoia copies, for approval of ' the Architect, a complete schedule of har&dare, indicating manufe er type, number, location and finish of itecs to be supolied. Approval shall be for type and quality only. f) Supplier shall furnish, in DUPLIC.tTE (2), templates for all template hardware, ' g) Where requirement of the Local Building Code or Regulations, Laws, or Rules promulgated by departments having 3uriediction, conflict with these apeoifioations, and are mandatory, they shall be followed the same as if specifically noted in this specificetion. This shall not be construed to mean that any requirements herein set forth may be modified because not specifically noted in the Building Code. h) Provide hardware as follows for each opening: e I ' Pairs of Doors 1/1, 2A, and 3/1, Exterior from Lobby, each pair to haves 2 Rixson SA Floor Hinges 27105S - U53 2 Rixson Side Jamb Pivots M19 - UO ' 1 Deadlock 4925 - 3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 3 - 24" 2 Door Pulls 827DT - U33 ' 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - 3 Pairs of Doors-5A thru 13A. Exterior from Building, each pair to hares ' 2 Rixson SA Floor Hinges 27105A - U33 2 Rixson Side Jamb Pivots M19 - U33 1 Set Panic Devices 9410 - US3 ' 1 Set Panic Devices 9406 x 827 - U33 1 Deadlock 4820 Cyl inside ' 22-1 i Cairo of Doors 14✓1. Loagait Dock from 107, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP on outsxing 1 Set Locks 7626 OC - 3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - US3 2 Door Holders GH20 - US3 ' Sale Doors 15/1. Dock from Stairs, each door to havb: 2 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP ' 1 Set Par:..o Devicr s 9804 - U53 1 Door Closer 7), ,?H9 1 Kick Plate 811 x 211 less than width of Door, 16-Oa.- US3 ' bra of Des 1§A and 1711, Lobby from 101, each pair to have: 4 Pr Butts TA2714BP 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 2 Door Pulls 827DT - US3 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - U33 2 Door Closers 54-0 2 Door Holders W110 - US3 2 Kick Plates 811 x 2" lose than width of door, 16-0a. - U33 rla Doors 184 and 19/1._8oom 107_to_ Rooms 206 and 109. each, door to Was Single door 52/1 to have: 1-1/2 Pr Butts T714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locks 762500 - 3 1 1 Door Stop OJFB13XS - 3 j Bids Doors 24 & 25 , Vestibule to Toilet d Toilet to Movig e Doors Veat bide S Ale Doors 2 2 Vestibule to Men and, s each do to have: 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 ' 1 Door Pull 3302 - U33 1 Push Plate 3015 MAB - 3 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Kick Plate 8" x 21' less than width of door, 1". - US3 1 Door Stop WF813XS - 3 1 Sign Kni , color to be selected, 1" letters (Doors 24/1, 20/1, and 21/1 only) 1 L+adlock 4821 - 3 (Door 25/1 only) SgIM Mrs 26/1. from Storage 103, each door to have: ' 1-1/2 Pr Butte T714PC 4-1/2 x 4 NRP 1 Set Locks ?62500 - 3 ' 1 Door Stop GJFB13XS - 3 r 22-2 Pairs of Doors 27/x. 2811. 29/1 and 30/1. 33eeting Area to Rooms 10'1 and Stairs, each flair to haves ' 4 Pr Butts THAW 4-1/2 x 4 2 Door Pulls 3302 - U33 2 Push Plates 3015 MAB - U33 1 Deadlock 4825 - 3 ' 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - US3 2 Door Closers 74-H 2 Door Stops 0JFBl3XS - 3 2 Kick Plates B" x 2" less than width of door, 16-ga, - U83 Pairs of Doors 31 thru 50 , Meeting dal from Storage each pair to haves 1 Set Pivots, Builders Brass Jl X without threshold 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - US3 1 Deadlock 4820 - US3 ' Pairs of Doors 51/1. Dock from Meeting Hall. "CO cair to haves ' 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x ; KRP 1 Set Locke 7626 GC - US3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - U33 2 Door Stops and Holders WF20X ' 1 Door Closer 75-0 (active leaf) Bifold Doors 53h. Serving Kitchen to Kitchen, each set to haves r 1 Set Bifold Hardware Grant 2520 to fit 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 12" - U33 (ttount on inside face) ' Second Floor Pairs of Doors 2/1. Exterior from Lobby, each pair to haves 2 Rixaon SA Floor Hinges 27903 - US3 2 Rixson Side Jamb Pivots M19 - US3 ' 1 Set Panic Devices 9410 x 827DT - U33 1 Set Panic Devices 9413 A 827 x 413 - US3 2 Kick Plates 8" x 211 less than width of door, 16-ga. - US3 ' Sgls Doors 2/2 and 3/2, Exterior from Meeting Rooms. eech door to haves 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 NRP ' 1 Set Panic Devices 9804 - US3 1 Door Closer 74-P9 1 Door Stop WFB19X - U33 ' Sale DoorsAL/2. Exterior from Balcony. each door to haves 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 NRP 1 Set Panic Devices 9804 - U63 1 Door Closer 74-P9 1 Door Stop G JFB19X - U33 ' 1 Kick Plate 8" x 2" less than width of door, 16-ga. - U33 22-3 ' Sxle Doo[g 2 St!~ s imra 'a t. c, ii;,ora Saes Doors S.9~ d ? 2. Hall and Lobby from Heeti,U jNms. Bach r to have ' 1-1/2 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/. x 4 1 Svt Locke 760500 - US3 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Door Stop (iM13XS S e ore 8/2. H" t cec tign Sale Doors 9Z2. 1012 & 11/2. Hall and Racention to Officeo. each door to haws ' 1-1/2 Pr Butte T2'/14BP 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locke 760500 US0 1 Door Stop OJFBI3XS - U83 S,yle_Doors 12/2 and 13/2. Balcony to, Men and Ladies, each door to leaves 1-1/2 Pr Butte TA714PC 4•-1/2 x 4 1 Set Locks 761600 - US3 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Door stop oJJFW.US - US3 aide Doors 1612, Office to Storage, each door to yes 1•-1/2 Pr 3utts T714PO 4-1/2 x 4 1 :let Locks 762500 - U33 ' 1 I"r °top WFB13LXS - US3 Sale Doors 17/2. Office to Ticket Booth Stairs. each door haws ' 1 Sot Grant Sliding Door Hardware Grant 12109 to git 2 Flush Pulls, Grant 10 - U33 1 Edge Pull Safe 2244 - U33 Pairs of Doors 25/2j Stairs from Balcony, each oais_ fcbM s 3 Pr Butte TA714PO 4-1/2 x 4 • 2 Door Falls 3302 - U33 2 Push Plates 3015 - U33 (1 cut.,for cylinder) ' 1 Deadlock 4825 - US3 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - U33 2 Door Closers 54-H 2 Door Stops GJ1913U A 2 Kick Plates 8" x 2" lose than width of door, 16-ga. U33 Sxle Doors 14/2, Balcoav to Toilet. each door to hares ' 1-1/2 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 Door Pull 3302 - US3 1 Push Plate 3015 MAB - U53 1 Door Closer 53-0 1 Door Stop W?813SS - 3 1 Kick Plate 8" x 2" leas than width of door, 16-ga. - U33 22-4 . Y - L. a "e ' Ogle Doors 18/2. Toilet to Showers, each door to hayq: 1-1/2 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 ' 1 Door Pull 3302 - US3 1 Push Plate 3012 MAJ - US3 Deadlock 4821 - U33 1 Door Closer 53,0 ' 1 Door Stop GJF813XS 1 Rick Plate 810 x 2" lose than width of door, 16-ga. - U83 r Sets of F21ft t Doors 19/2. 2012. 21/2., 22/2 and 26/2, Meeting RogMss_frM mirage and Kitchen. each set to hint 1 Set Grant Accordion Door Hardware X600, to tit ' 1 Flush Pull Ives Flush Ring, to tit Sete Sliding Doors 0/2. Meeting Room 202 to M. each set to haves r 3 Pee. Track Grant 1400 full width of room 2 Sheaves 1411 for each leaf ' 1 Flush Pull Sale 2170 - US3, for each leaf §ikLof Slidina Doors MR.. _Rq 03, to Room 202. each set to have: I 4 Po Track Grant 1400 full width of room 3 Sheaves 1411 for eac+h leaf 1 Flush Pull We 2170 - US % for each leaf ' Pairs of Dooms 27/2, to Room 220 below 1Qnr Qggr. sag 211r to haves r 3 Pr Butte T714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 RRP 1 Dead Lock 4820 - US3 Cyl inside 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 24" - U$3 2 Door Stops and Holders OJ76-S1 2 Knob Pulls ?69300 - US3 inside r i r i r r r r r 22-5 It-he jL ' DIVISION 23 - PAINTING AND FINISHING 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the preparation, painting or finishing of the following items: (1) Interior and exterior ferrous metal - painted. (2) Gypsum board surfaces - painted. ' (3) wood cabinets and closet doors in Derpnstration.KitchwAs plywood balcony facing - finished. ' (4) Plywood storage room door panels - finished, b) Finished wood sticks, laminated beams, wood deck, are to receive nc ' applied finish* o) Finishing for' wood floors is described in that division of the "MCI- ' fications. d) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the vork shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. PAINT KA ERIAIS M J" : ' a) Paint, varnish and stains shall be of type and brands specified under "Schedule of Painting". Basic painting materials such as linseed oil, ' shellac, turpentine, thinners, driers, *to., shall be of highest quality and have iCsntifying labels on the containers, b) All mate:I n3s shall be delivered on the site in manufacturer's sealed ' containera. Lach container shall be labeled by the manufacturer. Labels shall give the manufacturer's name, brand, type of paint, color of paint and instructions for reducing. Thinning of paint shall be done only in ' accordance with directions of the manufacturer. Job mixing or job tinting may be done when approved by the Architect and for sample colors, c) Bids shall be Cased on the use of specific brands and quality as speci- fied. No substitution shall be made wiUout the written approval of the Architect, CENERAL REQUIR&N' ^,,Ss a) Access panels and registers, generally, shall be painted the same color ' as adjacent walls and ceilings. Where adjacent surfaces do not require painting, use color an directed. b) Prime coated butts and overhead door closers shall be painted the same ' color as door trim to which they are attached, o) Exposed piping, conduit, ductwork and hangers generally shall be painted ' color and texture to match walls or ceilings adjacent to them. When adja, cent surfaces are unpainted, use oolor as directed., 23-1 ' d) Each coat of paint shall be slightly different shade than preceding coat. The final undercoat shall be tinted to color of the finish coat. e) The top and bottom edges of all metal doors shall be finished with ' two coats of paint as specified for faces. Apply after fitting and before faces arb painted. ' t) Where open cabinets or shelves occur, room finish on walls shall not be omitted. However, Painting on walls will not be required back of per- manently built-in cabinets with closed backs. ' k. EARA_40N OF SURFACES: a) Inefleall.on of Surfaces$ Do not begin painting on any surface until it has been inspected and is in proper condition to receive the paint as specified. Should any surface he found unsuitable to produce a proper paint finiv~h, the Architect shall be notified in writing and no material t shall be applied until the unsuitable surfaces have been made satisfactory. b) Finished wood surfaces which are to receive no applied finish shall be carefully sanded to smooth and even surfaces, and until all inperfec- ' tions have been removed. Nails shall be set and the hale filled with putty colored to match the wood. Other holes and cracks shall be similarly filled, o) Steel and Irons Remove grease, dirt, mud, rust and scale as necessary to receive paint. Touch-up any chipped or abraded places on iteme that t have beer: chop-coated. Where steel and iron have a hewn ooating of scale it shall be removed by descaling or wire-brushing as necessary to produce a satisfactory surface for painting. d) General.- Before painting, remove hardware, accessories, plates, light- ing fixtures and similar items or provide ample protection of such items. On completion of each space replace above items. To paint bottom edge ' remove doors, if hung. Use only skilled mechanics for removing and connect- ing above items. When spray painting is ur.d, protect adjacent surfaces as required ar directed. ' (APPLICATION: a) Do not apply exterior paint in damp, rainy weather or until the surface has dried thoroughly from the effects of such weather. Do not apply var- nish or paint when the temperature is below 500 F. b) Surfaces to be stained or painted shall b. lean, dry, smooth and adequately protected from dampness. Each coat of paint shall be applied smoothly, worked out evenly and allowed to dry at least 48 hours before ' subsequent coat is appliede c) Finished wort shall be uniform and of the approval color. It shall ' completely cover, be smooth and free from runs, saga, clogging or excessive flooding. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping. ' d) At completion, touch-up and restore finish where damagwl and leave in good condition. 23-2 ' 6. Mao AND W DUUO SPACE s All materials used on the job shall be stored in a sin4s place desipated ' by the Architect. Such storage place shall be kept clean and all damage to it or to its surroundings shall be made good. Any oily rags, waste, etc., must be removed from the building every night and every precaution taken to avoid the danger of lire. 7. $ MOM OF PAINTING: a) The kinds and brands of paint and number of coats required on the various surfaces shall be as followd: (1) Groaum 82ard: ' let Coat - Tape, bed and re-bed, sand gmooth 2nd Cos; - Texture paint with fine grain stipple 3rd Coat - Sherwin Williams Fast-Dri Wall Primer 4th Coat - Sherwin Williams Quali-Kota (2) galvanized Mstalt lot Coat - Rust-Mourn Galvinoleum #1225 Red 2nd Coat - Rust-Oleos Gclvincleua#IJU6 Gray ' 3rd Coat - Sherwin Williaae Oil-Baee Exterior Gloss (3) ' Irma: Coat - Sherwin Williams Zino Chromate Primer B50-T-1 (if item is furnished with shop coat, omit this item, ' except to touch-up scratched and abraded areas.) 2r4 and 'rd Coats - Sherwin Williams Oil Base Exterior Gloss (b) ~...:d Cabinksts. Cj"gj 22ors and Plywood Balcony Facings 1 lot Coat - Pratt & Lambert Tonstic Wood Stain 2nd Coat - Weldwood Paste Wax, buffed to luster finish i (S) UnMod Storage Room Mr Panalss lot Coat - Sherwin Williams Varnish Primer 2nd Coat - Sherwin Williema Fast-Dri Varnish t 23-3 r . r ~ Its H • Y N Y N N • Y N • • Y • ` Y• ' ~ e~ ao m co ~ o~ o~ c. o+ oa o~ o~ o~ a o• ~ o~Y.2~t~0~ P~~ ad N N N N ~1 ~4 s! N N N N sss mue"m ftnvo poem N I pin" 'f o. ►r N s4 pa, 310" PooA o ~ c ol`ii , oveft" i co tam Vaux >4N ~ Moils PWX a ~a r :JOT'm pavmm ~4 m u M" 40 ! 0.3 $4 m r ~T.B oov8 poop ft H a4 H H H N 1-4 ~4 4 sQ ►4 s4 "m }4 lodav0= oav$ ON vl m m N m N m m >4 m m >4 N N }4 ~4 r otu A110 b, ' 04 JOAld 310748 oa 4 M M M M y4 w o 49TUTS T"04 'oltm A A o loda9()o !04 o a ont, oTaaaoD ao >4 $4 N s4 w *019 Pooh s m >4 A st ~4 s4 }4 ~4 A O r 1~:l T a~ 1 ~ oo a~ o 2k-1 1 ~r i V ~ a1 ~ K I Ms e = 4 a4ro 1 N .sp ~sp 9 s e s s sI s s s s= IN .fly c s s e e e e to ?TiTl I T? CM ?1 9 79 Y Y YJ / YyWJ Y J \AJ{, yJ+ YJJ MM Y YM YvJ+ FJ •J Y YJ rr MJ Y /J YM /A, •M /M MM •MM CD CO ID ll' N Nr1I a N N N ' CL NNN s4N NN NNNNN NNNN NNNNN 0. O NNN N O tit !4 N mm N NN NNN x 1 a >q N N N a ►4 N rd >d ~4 N N N sa h ~4 NNNN K# NH 1 NNN >4 N>0>4$4M NN NN>4NN NNNNN 4N x . N m cal N>4 NN>4NM 4 N>4>4 N>4>4>4 NNNNN NNNNK >44KNN 0 1 pa %4 N N >4 ow 1 W >4 N W A N A t~ N mm N N N N N N 0 'Q N >4 N 54 N N N N 0 a m m >4 >4 %4 N >4 4 0 s 0 1 Ad dddbaeYecoo 24-2 DIVISION 25 - CERAMIC LIGHT FIXTURE SMIS 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The Contractor will include in his bid the cost of installing all items hereinafter specified and the purchase of these items as set forth in the Allowance, unless otherwise specified. r b) Coordinations Between Electrical and General Contractures ' (1) The following schedule of ceramic shells, electrical fitments, and metal fitments is intended to facilitate the assembly and erection of ceramic shells and related electrical componentb. ' (2) The Cpneral Contractor shall be responsible for all work not within the realm of the Electrician's trade, and conversely the Electrical Contractor shall furnish and asaevAle the items peculiar to the electrical trade, or as required by local codes. (3) The a ated allowances shall apply only to ceramic shells and specially fabricated metal pieces. 1 CERAMIC i ' TYPE A (3 required) Allow fors Ceramic Units, 3 0 6140.00 $ 420.00 ' w fors Fabricated Metal Pieces 300.00 Asssublyt Components and crramio shell, and provide electrical fittrtents for ten (10) 60-watt lamps. TM B (7 required) ' Allow fort Ceramic Units, 7 d 625.00 175.00 Elects icy= Canopy, conduit hanger, and electrical ' fitmments for one (1) R40, 150-watts two (2) 60-watt lamps. TM C (S required) A11= r_ Ceramic Unite, 8 0 $25.00 200.00 Electricals Canopy,conduit han~er, ani electrical ' fittments for one (1) 150-watt silver bottom lamp. ' PE D (25 required) Allow'for: Ceramic Unite, 25 0 625.00 675.00 Provide: (Two (2) each unit) IN Diameter eye- bollas and masonry anchors (Tampin) SleQt~ See Fixture ScheAule. Hang ceramic units over installed fixtures. 1 ' 25-1 l 1 ' TYPE K (8 required) Allow for Ceramic Units, 6 0 420.00 260.00 ec&r&ca1: Canopy, conduit atom and electrical fittments for one (1) %40, 150-watt; two (2) 60-watt lamps. 'T,-q V, F (4 required) ' Allow furs Ceramic Units, 4 0 $20.00 100000 Electrical: Canopy, conduit atom hanger and electrical fittments for one (1) R-00 150-watt; two (2) 60-watt lamps. Total allowance Ceramic Shells $1,9730,00. v Total allowance Fabricated Metal Pieces ' c) All exposed metal to be painted as specified in Division 23 PAINTING AND FINISHING. 1 1 1 1 25-2 1 DMSION 26 ERECTIONOF SUSPENDED ROOF 11 Set compression ring segments and field weld together. ' 24 Attach four (4) 1-' round x 201-4" temporary steel stay rods to top of both upper and lower tension rings to maintain circular shape during stressing operation. ' 3. Raise center hub and support on scaffold at final elevation. t 4. Lace strands, attach struts and tale up slack in strands. S, Apply stress to strands in three stages of approximately 1/3 final stress per stage. ' A stage consists of stressing all strands to approximately 113 of final stress in tho following sequence: ' Stress two upper strands, each diametrically opposite, than stress the two corresponding lower strands. Cont ywo in this manner until all strands have been stressed equally. ' Stressing may be accomplished by tightening turn buckle at compression ring, or threaded stud at tension ring. Actual stress to be determined by calibrated jack attached to threaded stud at tension ring. Exact hardware type of be determined by Contractor for stress checking equipment to be used. Method, equipment and hardware to be ' approved by Engineer. 60 Carefully check stress, after final stage to see that all strands are ' uniformly stressed at proper level and that hub is .entered and at proper elevation. ' 7. Exact stress for upper and lower strands will be established by Engineer. Carefully coordinate all details with Enginneer. ' 8. Bolt milers to strand and lay wood deck. 91 Remove temporary stays in Item 92. 10. Erection equipment may operate from first floor by approbate use of to, ' disbciluting planking and under floor sho riag. A&il M-~ IATING. VEMLY1bTING AND ASR COMDXT GN G Teble of Contents 4 Item Page No. 1. Scope M-3 2. Special Conditions M-3 3. Fees, Permits and Inspections M-5 ' 4l Inspection of Building Site M-5 5. Products and Materials M-5 6. Checking and Testin; Equipment by Contractors and Manufacturers Representatives M-5 7. Specifications N-6 8. Cutting, Boring and Excavation M-6 9. Cutting and Patching M-6 100 Equipment Protection M-6 110 Damage to Work M-6 12. Cleaning, Testing and Adjusting M-7 ' 13. Work by Others M-8 14. Noise Level M-8 15. Substitutions of Materiels and Equipment M-p ' 16. Location of Equipment M-9 17. Installation and Connection of Equipment Furnished by Others M-9 18. Measurements M-10 19. Piping M-10 200 Pipe Supports M-11 21. Pipe Sleeves M-11 ' 22. Flashings M-12 23. Valves M-12 24. Vents M-12 ' 25. Strainers M-12 26. Gauges and Gauge Connections M-13 27. Thermometer and Thermometer Wells; M-13 28. Drains M-13 ' 29. Balancing Dampers M-13 30, Air Outlets, Grilles, Registers and Diffusers M-lu. 3-1. Access Doors M-]µ ' 32. Flexible Connections M-15 339 Balancing M-15 34. Operating Instructions and Final Drawings M-16 ' 35. Cutting and Patching M-16 36. Equipment Foundations M-17 37. Painting: M-17 I', NY M-2 Item Page Noy 38, Starters M-1B 39. Motors M-18 40. Insulation Piping M-18 41. Insulation - Ducting M-19 42. Ducting M-20 43. Exhaust Fans M-21. 44. Air Handling Equipment M-21 45. Automatic Temperature Controls M-22 146. Control Instruments M-24 470 Sequence of Operation M-24 48. Manufacturers' Qunlifications 4-25 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 v ' M-3 ' HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. SCOPE : A. The work covered under this Section of the Specifications or sist of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances and material, and in performing all operations in connection with the instal- , lation of a complete system of HEATING, VENTILATING and AIR CON- DITIONING. (1; as shown on the drawings, (2) as discussed in these Specifications and (3) as necessary to provide a complete integrated and satisfactorily operating installation. The work ' is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract and in- cludes, but is not limited to the followings ' (1) Air handling unit with filters and coil sections, etc. Ducting (3) Chillad we,ter piping, fittings, valves, etc, (4) Dampers and controls (5) Grilles, Registers and diffusers (6) Duct Insulation (1) Pipe Insulation (8) Exhaust fans with ducting and registers (9) Painting ' H, This Contractor shall include in his bid all of the general con- struction required for the installation of the Air Conditioning. t System, such as concrete supports below equipment, pipe anchors etc., unless otherwise noted. 2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: A, These Special Conditions shall supplement the General Conditions and the Supplementary General Conditions of the Contract wideh are hereby included in this section of the Specifications,' H. Contractor shall examine such documents together with addenda issued and bid his work in accordance with same. C. Certain paragraphs included in tt!is section are supplemental to similar paragraphs in above named documents. They are not intended to supersede those paragraphs. Should any conflict exist, the matter shall be referred to the Architect for clari- fication. `z 1 MU D. Codes, Ordinances, RuIcs and Regulations: Comply fully with requirements of all codes, ordinances, rules and regulations in effect at the site. Report any conflicts with these requirements found in the Specifications and accompanying drawings to the Architect who will issue the necessary instructions or addenda to the Contract Documents. ! E. All electrical devices and equipment shall be labeled by National Board of Fire Underwriters' Laboratories. F. In no case shall a Bidder base his bid on a class of material or workmanship less than that required by the Contract Documents nor the above codes or ordinances. All modificatiorvi which may be required by local Authority having legal jurisdiction over all or any part of the work shall be r'ade by this Contractor without additional charge. In all cases where such authority 1 requires deviations from the requirements of these Specifications or the accompanying Drawings, this Contractor sha.L1 report same to the Architect and shall secure his approval before the work is started. G. Completeness: It is the responsibility solely of the Contractor for the completeness of his work and for g#ving timely and adequate information to other Contractors where required for proper rout- ing and support thereof. 1 H. Workmanship and Installation: All work shall be performed In the beat and most workmanlike manner, by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufactur- er and the best standard practice to bring results of first class, only. I. Contractor shall schedule his work to permit Inspections by the Architect and/ar authorities having jurisdiction, before the work is concealed. 1 J. If the Contractor performs any work contrary to the applicable Codes, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations, or Contract Documents without written notice to and approval from the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom to co.•rect such work. K. Contractor shall lay out his work carefully at the site to con- form to the building and site eond!ticns and to avoid all obstruc- tions. He shall coordinate his work with that of the other trades to avoid delays and expense to others. L. Except where specifically noted, the Plans do not give exact elevations or locations. This Contractor shall acquaint himself thoroughly with the details of the proposed construction, in- cluding exact elevations, locations of necessary ports of con- nections,, and obstructions to be considered, using visit to the 93'ze prior to bidding, where necessary. t. N-5 ' 3. FEES._ffjnTS AND IIN_SPECCTION^: Contractor shall secure and pay -for all permits and likienses required for work. He shall give all not;.ces and comply with all Laws, Ordin- ances, Rules, Regulations and Contract requirements bearing on the work. 4. INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE: Before handing in his bid, it is necessary that the Contractor visit ' the building site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met -there in installing the new work and make due provisions for same in his bid. It will be assumed that the Contractor, in handing in his bid, has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install all the work required or shown. Failure to visit the site shall not furnish excuse for faulty workman- ship or omission of equipment or work under this Contract. 5. PRODUCTS AND MATER : ' A. The equipment to be furnished under this Contract shall be the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the eame equipment are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. ' B1 All materials shall be new and of the best quality. All equipment requiring electrical connections shall be provided ror use with current available. 6. CHECKING AND TESTING EQUIPMENT BY CONTRACTORS AND MANUFAN E+S' ' PRESS AT : A. In order to place responsibility for the furnishing of the proper mechanical equipment and to see that it is installed as intend- ed by the manufacturer, the Contractor, during construction, shall request supervisory assistance from the equipment manufacturers, representatives so that the equipment will be properly installed. ' After installation the Contractor shall again request the repre- sentat.-~Vc to inspect and see that the equipment is in proper working order. ' B. Check inspections shall include air conditioning, heating and ventilating, equipment, control equipm,_►nt, and such other items as are specifically designated by the Architect and/or the Engineer. ' C. Before final payment is issued, the representatives shall submit to the Architect, through the Subcontractor, a signed statement certifying to their inspection snd that the equipment is pro- perly installed and ready for operation. i r' M-6 7. SPECIFICATIONS: ' In the matter of Specific.•t.ions, there are intriesc;.c.s of construc- tion which are impractical to speLify in detail, but in such matters the current rules of good practice shall governb Any ;oint which may seem to need clarification will be fully explained if application is made to the Architect. The Plans and Specificationn R,re intended to be cooperative and of aqual binding force. Anything .7p;led for in'- the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or vice versa, shall be furnished by this Contractor. 81 CMING+ 4 RING AND_.EXCAVATION: A.. No cutting, boring or excavating, which may be necessary for this work in or about the building, which may in any way interfere e with the work of another Contractor, or weaken the structure :Ln any way, shall be undertaken without receiving the approval of the Architect before starting same. ' Do All excavations made by this Contractor shall be properly fillo?d, flooded, and tamped to the original grade. This shall be done ' under the Architect's supervision and to their entire approval. 9. CUTTING AND PATCHINGs A. Each Contractor shall coordinate his work to avoid cutting of construction. Where it becomes necessary to cut through tau 1s, floors or ceilings to permit the installation of work u;-Aer this Contract, or to repair defeQts which may appear up to the expira- tion of guaranties, such cutting shall be done under the uzper- vision of the Architect by the trade or Contractor whose work is to be e"3turbed. The damages shall be repaired, after the work has been completed, by the same Contractor or trade. B. The cost of all such cutting and patching shall be paid by the Contractor requiring such cutting and patching. 10. EEOUIPHENT PROTECTION: A. Contractor shall at all timea take precautions as necessary tG properly protect his work and equipment from damage. B. Pipe openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installa- tion. Equipment shall be covered tightly and protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. ' 11. DAMAGE TO WORK: This Contractor shall pwy fot- any injury or damage to the work of arothev Contractor, which may be done b•i him or his workmen. The Architect shall be the arbiter in such matters as may arise. ~lll~t~~• ~~i5tr.iU~:i^l rt M-1 12. CLEANINGS TESTING AND ADJ1,Sr'NG A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that scale, metal shavings, oil, pipe dope and every other impurity will tend to accumulate at restricted points and impede the circulation. Every precaution shall therefore be observed in the assembly of the water circulating systems to remove and exclude foreign matter and upon completion of erection a thorough cleaning program shall be observed. ' B. The cleaning operation shall be followed after all parts of the systems are in place, but before any are insulated or furred in. C. This Contractor shall take precaution during the cleaning opera- tion to protect his work and the work of other trades and should any damage be done, he shall remedy or repair it to the complete satisfaction of all concerned. The Owner's representative is to be present during the cleaning operation. D. Fill arul flush system at least twice using a suitable cleaner in solution. In filling the system, be sure to vent in such a manner that the ' contvol valves cannot backfill, thus causing foreign matter to be introduced into the valve body. E. During the progress of the work or upon its completion, Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such tests of his work as herein specified or ac required by the Architect or by authorities hav- ing juri.sdicrion. He shall provide all apparatus, temporary pip- ' ins connection, or other requirements necessary for such tests, and shall take all due precautions to prevent damage to the build- ing or its contents incurred by such tests. Contractor shall fur- nish a certified report of compliance or non-compliance on each test to Ar;71iltect. F. All water piping systems shall be properly tested to assure their 1 being absolutely tight. In the case of pipes which are to be insulated, these tests shall bn completed and the piping system ' proved to be absolutely tight before any insulation is applied. ' G. The procedure of these tests shall consist of subjecting a piping system to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 lbs. per square inch ' gauge for a:period of no less than eight hours. During this test period, all pipe, fittings, and accessories in the particular ping system which is being tested, shall be carefully inspected. leaks are detected, such leaks shall be stopped by means ' designated by the Architects and the hydrostatic test shall again be applied. This procedure shall be repeated until, for an entire eight hour period, no leaks can be found while the system being tested is subjected to the pressure mentioned above. d0 i#{ H. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its r_ormal operating pressure and temperature for a period of not less than five days. During this Feriod, it shall 1 be kept under the careful observation of the Contractor. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their Installa- tion by remaining absolutely tight during this period. The 1 satisfactory completion of any test or series of tests shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility with regard to the ultimate, proper snd satisfactory operation of such piping sys- tems and their accessories. i I. The Owner's representative is to be present during the testing of the piping. J. The Contractor shall include in his bid the cost of adjusting all the systems covered under the Contract for proper operation. K. Defective Work: If inspec Jon or test shows defects, such de- fective work or materials shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. Repairs to piping shall be made with new material. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. l3. YORK OTHERS: Jff~ A. The General Contractor shall include in his work the leaving of openings in the building floors, and walls for Supply, Return and Exhaust Air Ducts and Piping unless otherwise noted or specified 1 herein. It Is the Mechanical Contractor's responsibility to see that all openings are left in floors and partitions for the proper operation of the system and that all openings are in the correct location. B. Painting of all grilles and registers located on the first, second ' floors, other than those behind "sticks". C. The elt+ctrie conduit and wlrtng for the motors, controllers, inter- locks P.ad controls shall be accomplished by the electric wiring subcontractor unless otherwise specified. 14. POISE LEVEL: ' All items of equipment shown on Plans and in Specifications have been selected so that the anticipated noise level in the buildings from the ' air conditioning system will not be above 40DBA. If the mechanical Contractor wishes to make substitutions of equipment from that selectee] he must satisfy himself and the Ei.ginoer that the noise level in the buildings will not exceed 40DBA. ' 15. SUBSTLT'Jr-XQNS Or MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Plans and Specifications are drawn on certain brand names and model numbers of equipment to set a standard and to provide equip- ment to ;stet the apace requirements, where applicable. ' t M-9 t B. Where alternate brand names are given, it is on the basis that such equipment will be acceptable provided it meets the require- ments set forth as to capacity or otherwise. Where such alternate ' equipment is used as a basis of bidding, it shall be the responsi- bility of this bidding Contractor to check the proposed substitu- tions not only as to meeting capacity and other requirements but ' also that it will meet the space requirements. C. All bids must be based on furnishing the named equipment or alter- nate. ' 16. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT-: A. The Plans indicate approximate locations of itea:a which the mechanical contra^4-or is to install, B. Final locations shall be confirmed by the Contractor with the Architect. C. Confirmed loca'Ions shall Include but not be confined to the ' following: (1) Grilles, registers and diffusers {2} Operating switches and starters ' D. Where equipment is being furnished by another Contractor and con- nected by this Contractor, this Contractor shall request of the Architect an approved drawing showing exact dimensions of required locations of service and shall install required facilities to the ' exact requirements of the approved drawing furnished. E. Contractor shall notify the Architect of his requirements for con- firmed locations a reasonable time in advance of construction to permit obtaining such data. F. Failure of the Contractor to so perform as described shall make him responsible for costs or changes required to conform to the requirements. 17. INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION Of EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS: A. Where Indicated by the Pl.;ns and Specifications, this Contractor ' shall install and/or connect equipment furnished by other Con- tractors or the Owners. B. In such cases, the equipment shall be furnished on the ,fob, ready for work by this Contractor. Items of size or weight, which re- quire trucking or heavy handling, shall be furnished in place at the point of usage by those supplying the same. 1 ' M-10 C. Such items shall be s::aplied to this Contractor during the progress of the construction and at such titres as will not reason- ably interfere with the progress of this Contractor's work. The t Contractor shall notify the Architect of his schedule for such work sufficiently in advance to permit supply of the items to schedule requirements. ' D. The Architect's decision shall be binding as to whether or not the Contractor is entitled to extra compensation due to delays caused by failure of delivery of items to meet the schedule the Contrac- tor has furnished the Architect for his work. E. At the time nor final acceptance of this Contractor's work, should ' any items concerned remain incomplete, due to the failure of others to supply same, this Contractor shall issue a credit for the work not performed in amounts satisfactory to the Architect or else en- ter into an agreement with the Owners for completion of the work at a future date. F. Where installation is incomplete, the Contractor shall provide ' cap-off, valvf-off, plate covers, or other items as directed by the Architect to leave the services ready for future connection and to place the system in acceptable condition for usage. ' 16. MEASUREMENTS: All Contractors shall verify measurements and shall be hell responsible fLr the correctness of same. No extra charges or compensations will be 41lowed on account of differences between actual dimensions and those indicated by the Plans. Any difference3 found shall be submitted e to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. 19. PIPING: ' A. Supply and install all chilled water, vent, relief and drain piping complete with all valves, fittings, etc, as indicated on ' Drawings and as required to form a complete integrated system. U. Chilled water piping: (1) Schedule 40 black steel pipe (2) 2" and smaller screwed construction ' (3) 2-~" and larger all welded construction (4) Where all welded construction use black butt welding fittings (5) Flanges on welded construction shall be slip on type (5) Fittings shall be by D be Turn, Ladish or approved t;ual (7) All 900 ells. shall be long radius r ya, w q M-11 ' C. Install unions at all connections to equipment and where neces- sary to allow for easy dismantling and service of equipment cn screwed piping. D. All piping shall be installed in order to provide proper allo-aance for expansion and contraction and to be thoroughly cleaned before ' erection. Di«t pockets shall be installed at bottom of all risers and to be full size of pipe. A 1411 hose gate valve shall be in- stalled on each pocket. E. Drain Pip::ng: Install drain piping from drain outlet of air handl- ing unit to nearest floor drain. Install trap in line from air handling units to give minimum of 2" trap. Piping ce be schedule ' 40 screwed and of same size as drain outlet from equiprent com- plete with fittings and with tee and clean out plugs at each turn in lines. Install drain piping at other equipment as indicated on Plans or as required for proper draining of Pquipment. ' ~3. PIPE SUPPORTS: ' A. All piping ai ijt',uL shall be properly supported in an approved manner. B. jiN*Aers for pipe 2" diameter and smaller shall be of the split ' cas`-malleable iron ring type with fastening device. C. Kangers for pipe larger than 2" diameter shall be of the adjustable ' c?avis type. D. No otrap hangers will be permitted. ' E. Hangers shall be of a size to permit installing insulation full size through same and shall be provided with protection saddles 1 e,ual to Crane No. 185, for hot water piping and No. 18 gauge ' sheet metal protector sleeves on chilled water piping. F. All piping shall be properly anchored to coitrol expansion and ' ' contraction. G. Anchor hot water piping at point of entry into building in an ' approved manner. 21. PIPE SLEEVES: ' A. Install sleeves of Schedule 40 pipe in walls and floors where required. Sleeves shall be properly set in walls, and shall be 4" larger in diameter than piping to pass through. Length of ' sleeves to match wall thickness. B. Where pipe sleeves pass through floors on fill, sleeves and pip- ing sha_: be properly flashed and waterproofed to prevent mois- ture leakage into building. Y i c ' M-12 ' 22. FLASHINGS: A. Supply and install flashing where pipes +iass through outside walls. ' B. Flashing shall be of 18 gauge copper properly formed to fit a- round pipe or insulation and shall be caulked as to make a water ' tight seal between pipes and building. 23. VALVES: ' A. Supply and install all valves where indicated on the Plans and where required to properly control water flow, Valves shall be as manufactured by Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins, Lukenheimer, Wal- ' worth, Dezurik or approved equal. All valves shall be full line size. B. All gate valves, 2" and larger shall be equal to Crane No. 465-~ ' O.S. & Y. iron b!Ady 125 lb. steam-200 lb. W.O,G. for chilled water at& shall be elus_ to Crane No. 47X for H.T.W. (150 lb.) ' C. All gate valves smaller than 2" shall be equal to Crane No. 428. 125 lb. steam, 200 lb. W,O.G. D. Check valves shall, be equal to Crane No. 373, 125 lb. Steam 200 lb. W.M. ' E. All globe valves 2" and larger shall be equal to Crane No. 351 iron body, brass trimmed, glanged, 125 lb, steam, 200 lb. W.O.G. for H.T.W. ' F. All globe valves smaller than shall be equal to Crane No. 7, 150 lb, steam, R0 lb. W.O.G. G. Drain valves shall be equal to Crane No. 56, 3/4" diameter. 24. VENTS: ' Air Vents - Chilled Water Piping Systems: (1) The top of each water supply riser and other points indicated ' on Plans and as required for removal of air from system, shall be automatically vented in an approved manner by means of a vent valve, with the drain from these vents connected' ' to the nearest drain line with Type L copper tubing and fittings. ' (2) Valves shall be equal to Lukenheimer Fig. Pao. 1728-3/4" Barstock Needle Valve. 25. STRAINERS: A. Supply and install ahead of each control valve strainers as manu- factured by Crwiq Walworth, Leslie or approved equal. y' a M-13 B. Strainer shell be equal to Crane No. 989-k for 2-k" diameter and larger and No. 988-~" diameter and smaller Iron Body Y-pattern. Strainers shall be full line size and shall be selected for low pressure drop at 100% flow. C. Install globe stop valve on strainer blow off for cleaning st!reen. Screen shall be 20 mesh, stainless steel. 26. GAUGES AND GAUGE CONNECTIONS: A. Install where indicated on Plans and at all of the following locations: ' (1) Inlet and outlet of all coils (2) Inlet and outlet sides of all control valves B. Gauges shall be installed complete with cocks equal to Crane No. 712. C. Gauges shall be equal to Weksler No. 900 and shall have suitable scale. D. Gauges shall be an manufactured by Weksler, Ashcroft, U. S. Gauge or approved equal, 27. THERMOMETER AND THERMOMETER WELLS: A. Install where indicated on Plans and at all of the following locations: 1 Ir.) Inlet and outlet of all coils Be Thermoneter shall be installeL,complete with separable socket equal to Weksler No. B-32, C. Thermometer shall be equal to Weksler Type 103 or 113. D. Thermometers shall be as manufactured by Weksler, Trerice, U. S. Gauge or approved equal, 28. DRAINS: A. Supply and install drain valves where shown on ,'lens and at all low points in piping systems to facilitate easy and complete draining of systems. B. Valves shall be 3/4" hose type equal to Cre.ne No. 56. 29. BALANCING DAMPERS: A. Install butterfly tvge ';aiancing dampers bi each duct connection from main ducts as indicated on Inrawings. Dampers shell be 12 gauge galvanized plate with 3/8" square role. 3 k- e H-14 B. Where ducts split, install 12 gauge galvanized splitter plate tie damper with 3/8" square rods. Size shall be not less than ` 1 times duct size. C. Where butterfly type dampers are indicated in rectangular ducts, install 12 gauge galvanized plate with 3/8" square rod. Sized not less than 14 times duct size. D. Where sweeping elbow take off are indicated, install 12 gauge splitter type damper with 3/8" square rods. Sized not less than 14 times take off duct size. E. Where balancing dampers are located above plaster ceiling, install Young regulator adjusting devices fastened to the ceiling furring. F. Where balancing dumpers are located above a suspended acoustical tile (removable panel) ceiling or are exposed such as in Equip- ment Room, install a Parker Kalon indicating Quadrant type ad- justing device. 3n. AIR OITi`LETS1 GRILLES REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS : A. Supply and install all grilles, registers and diffusers as indi- cated on Drawings, referring to Architectural reflected ceiling ' plans for exact locations. B. Grilles, registers and diffusers shall be as manufactured by Tuttle ' and Bailey. Anemostat, Titus or approved equal, and shall be size and type as indicated on the Drawings and as specified hereafter. C. Supply air registers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type T557 ; finish matt black. ' U. Exhaust registers shall be equal to Tuttle ar.d Bailey Type T117D. Finish prime coat, U. Diffusers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type DE for acoustic ' tile ceilings and Type Dl °u: plaster type ceilings complete with TF grid and No. 4 damper. Finish prime coat. F. Return air registers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type T117D. Finish prime coat. G. Where registers are installed in take off boots, Install air flow regulates equ?l to Tuttle and Bailey Vectrole. 31. ACCESS POORS: ' A. Where access doors rre shown on Drawings or where required to pro- perly service zYaipment, install doubie thickness of panel con- struction (galvanized) with thick rigid insulation betwerln panels, completely equipped with rugged mounting fi9me and all necessary hardware including felt gasket, hinges and double listing x. handler. ':d AWL ' M-15 B. Doors on suction side of fan to open out and on discharge side of fan to open in. ' 32. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONSs A. Ducting: (1) Install where shown on Drawings at suction and discharge ducts of air handling unt s and fans. ' (2) Connections to be canvas reinforced Neoprene 6" long, in- stalled in 14" x 1411 x 3/16" angle iron companion flanges at unit suction and 1" x 1" x 1/8" cr.npanion flanges at unit discharges. B. Piping: (1) Install flexible pipe connections in all pipes where inacated on the Drawings, and at the following locations: i. at inlet and outlet--of coils. (2) Connections shall be as manufactured by Garlock Packing Com- pany, Korfund, Finn or apri!oved equal. (3) Connections to be equal to Garlock Packing Company spool type ' expansion joints full size of pipes. Joints shall be factory fabricated with pipe flanges at Each end and installed to eliminate unit vibration being transmitted to piping. Piping to be supported in such manner as to avoid excessive move- ment at connection. Chilled water service 450F. - 1G0 lbs. per square inch working pressure. Hot water 2700F. - 125 lbs. per square inch working pressure. BALANCING: A. Upon completion of the air conditioning water piping system in- stallation and at a time designated by the Architects, tests shall be made of all water piping. Water piping shall be tested hydro- statically and proved tight under a gauge pressure of 100 pei working pressure. B. After the air conditioning system has been completed, and before the system is accepted, capacity and general operating tests on the air conditioning system shall be conducted by a competent and experienced Engineer; for the Air Conditioning Contractor, and the tests shall demonstrate the specified capacities of the var- ious pieces of equipment. A direct reading velocity instrument that has been recently tested and calibrated shall be used to snow that the air flow has been so regulated as to give the re- quired cubic feet of air per minute for each supply and exhaust opening. Sr a^w5 . , s.. ' 1l-16 C. The room air quantities (CFM) shown on the Plans are intended as a guide to the preliminary balancing of the air distribution systems. Further adjustments necessitated by heat losses or gains within ducts or variation in system construction shall be per- formed by this design load as are obtainable, for uniform temper- ature, by readjusting the air quantities as required so that all ' areas on the same equipment are at the same temperature, as con- trolled by the thermostat for same. D. The tests shall be conducted :Ln-t1-4 presence of the Architects or their authorized representati*ve: E. The general operating test shall cover a period of not less than ' three days and shall demonstrate that the entire equipment is functioning in acesrdance with the Specifications, and to the complete satisfaction of the Architect. The Subcontractor shall ' furnish rig equipments instruments and personnel required for the tents, and the Owner will furnish the fuel, water and electri- city* ' 34. QPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND UNAL DRAWINGS: A. The Air Conditioning Contractor shall turn over to the Owner, with his request for final payment, a brochure containing the following information and drawings: ' (1) Warranties and guarantees and manufacturers directions shipped with the equipment on equipment and/or materials covered by the Contract. (2) Approved Drawings including wiring diagrams, control diagrams, etc, on all equipment. (3) Approved Shop Drawings of all systems, including field prepared Drawings for piping, layout and Installation. ' (4) Framed operating instructions (basic steps) (5) Any and al.?. athrr data and/or drawings required during construction. ' (6) As-built plans, complete. One set of reproducible drawings on cloth and one set of bite prints. (7) Repa?r parts listed on all major items of equipment, ' B. All the above data and information shall be accumulated during progress of job, retained by the Subcontractor in neat form and turned over to the Owner in a suitable package folder. ' 35. CUTTING AND PATCHING: The cost of any cutting and patching required by this Contractor eonatrtlctfan or within the guarantee period ahaU be !raise du7r sag f? x~ac by t CaYt tor. M-17 36, EQUIPMENT-FOUNDATIONS: A. Supply and install concrete foundations below equipment as shown ' on Plans or as required to properly support all equipment, B, Concrete foundations under all equipment shall be a minimum 4" ' I-.igh: 6" wider than equipment base and 6" longer than equipment base. 37. PAINTING: A. Painting work included under this Contract Includes the painting of the following: (1) All aquiPmentr piping, ducting, pipe insulation, etc. located in the mechanical equipment room, (2) Pipe insulation located in chases, (3) Under floor and underground piping before insulation is Installed. B. No painting required for ducting or duct insulation concealed above ceilings or in chases. The canvas jacketed pipe covering shall be giver one coat, of glue sizing and two coats of lead and oil paint before the bands are installed. D. All pipe, dipe hangers, ducting and other metal work nat specifi- cally otherwise called for herein, shall be painted one prime coat, two coats of lead and oil paint. E. Paint materials shall.by as manufacturel by the FILtsburg Palmit Company, Pratt and Lambert or equal, and shall be mixed an%i used as directed by the manufacturer, F. All concealed pipe within the buildings shall be identified by Minnesota Mining and Mfg, Co. Scotch tap% colored and lettered name strips and arrows indicating flow direction. Identification of piping in the Equipment Room shall be done by color coding as obtained from Architect, G. Obtain approved color schedule from Architect. ti H. Underground chilled water piping shall have all petal surfaces thoroughly cleaned of grease, dirt, rust and sce.le by use of metal brush and scrapers. do 1. All exposed grilles, registers and diffusers located shall be painted by others, Simi& M-18 ' 38. STARTERS: A. Supply with all motors. ' B. Starters for motors 1 HP and above shall be combination line starters suitable for 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle operation. In NEMA type 1 enclosure. ' C. Complete with red running light] start stop push buttons, 2 spare interlocks and 440 volt to 120 volt control transformer, and O/L protection for all 3 phases, D. Size as required for motor HP, t E. Starters, General Electric, Westinghouse, Allis Chalmers or ap- proved equal, F. Starters for fractional HP motors shall be single pole, single thtCV!switch with thermal overloads to suit motor HP, 120 volt, single phase, 60 cycles. Ivory toggle handle and red running ' light, G. As manufactured by Arrow Hart, Allen Bradley, or approved equal. ' 39, MOTORS: A. Supply all motors required to drive equipment specified.' ' D. Install motors as required for proper alignment and operation, ' C. Motors shall be suitable for across the line starting and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Reliance, Westinghouse, Allis Chalmers or approved equal. Motors shall be manufactured in accordance with A.I.E.E. and N.E.M.A. standards. D. Motors shall be open drip proof general purpose. E. Motors for 1 HP and above shall be for operation with 440 volt 3 phase, 60 cycle. F. Motors for less than 1 HP shall be for operation with 120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle, unless otherwise noted. G. Maximum R.P.M. 1800. r 40. IMSULATION PIPING: A. Supply and install all insulation and material required to com- pletely insulate chilled water piping indicated,on Pl;ins and as required to form a complete system. B. Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Manufacturing Co., Owens Corning or approved equal. M p < T M-19 C. General: (1) Insulation shall be applied with all joints carefully fitted to eliminate voids. Where voids tend to occur, insulation shall be refitted or replaced. ' (2) The application of insulation in the field shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. No section of insulated pipe in trenches shall be backfilled prior to the Engineir's approval. ' (3) the utmost care is to be taken to ensure that the installed insulated pipe system is of the best possible worknanship. ' Any section of isolation which becomes damaged, whatever the cause, is to be cut out and replaced. ' D. Chilled Water Piping: (1) To be covered equal to 1-J" thick Fiberglas pipe covering with white flame retardant vapor barrier jacket. Longitudi- nal joints to have jacket overlap coated with vapor barrier adhesive. End joints to be coated with adhesive, firmly butted and covered with a 4" wide strip of jacket material ' heavily coated with vapor barrier cement of the same color as the jacket. Adhesive shall be equal to Bondmaste:• K216. (2) Fittings and valves to be covered with mitred pipe insulation or molded fittings, to the same thickness as adjacent piping. (3) Smooth out irregularities with asbestos finishing cement. ' (4) Pipe, fittings, and valves to be finished with 8 ounce car:- vas, adhered with "Arabol" Lagging Adhesive. Applied by ' dipping canvas and completely Jmpregnating with adhesive. (5) At all pipe supports, a block of Wolmanized Yellow Pine of ' height and width equal to the thickness of the pipe insu- lation and at least 6" long shall be inserted into the in- sulation ' 41. TNSULATION - DUCTING: A. Supply and install all insulation required to insulate all fresh ' air, supply air ducting and plenums indicated on Drawings and as required to provide a,.(.on§lete, system. B. Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville., Owens Corn- ing, Pittsburg Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Mfg. Co, or approved equal. C. Refer to Ducting section of Specifications for extend of internal duct insulation required. ,.U .yam l AY, h r iM-2G ' D. Duct Insulation (Internal) (1) Vi supply air ducting, and all fresh air ducting and cas- ings requiring internal insulation shall be insulated inter- nally equal to Microbar Dual Fiber Glass duct liner 1" thick- ness as manufactured by Johns Manville, (2) Ducts to be lined by adhering:liner with Benjamin Foster No. 82-18 Quick Tack Rubber Base Cement. Lining to be attached ' to sheet ',efore folding in brake. The coated sid-3 of liner is to face the air stream, Exposed edges to be coated "Ith above adhesive. (3) In addition to its adhesive, liner shall be secured by sheet by mechanical fasteners of welded pin type at approximately 12" centers throughout on All sides of the duct, ' 42. DUCCTTIrNG: A. Supply and install all supply air, fresh air and exhaust ducting ' indicated on the Drawings am.'', as required to form a complete sys- tem, 8. All supply air, fresh air ducting shall be insulated internally, C. A?l return air ducting shall be Imulated internally for acous- tical reasons, D. Ducv dimensions indicated on Drawings allcn; for internal Insula- tion where applicable and are actual duct sizes required. E. Refer to insulation section for insulation. ' F. Ducting shall be constructed of nE:J clean galvanized prime grade copper bearing sheets of the following gauges: ' Up to 12" Largest Duct Dimension 26 U,S.STD,CA, 12" to 30" Largest Duct Dimension 24 U,S.STD.(A. 31" to 60" Largest Duet Dimension 22 U.S.STD.GA. 60" to 90" Largest Du~:t Dimension 20 U.S.STD.GA. G. Casinga and plenum chambers shall be of 18 gauge galvanized sheet plate properly stiffened and braced with 1-%" x 1-k" x 1/8" angle iron and shall be of internal standing seam construction. H. Type of duct construction shall be as recommended by A.S.H.R.A.E. Guide, latest edition, 1. All panels 12" and larger shall be cross broken for rigidity. J, All square elbows shall have installed in them double thickness. X, All ducting shall be sealed airtight with as p,piroved sealer com• pow,4 and 2" wide strap rdhesive duct tape, i' e ~ Hof '1 - P y 1s41.m M-21 ' L. Horizontal ducting shall be supported from structure above on a maxinum of 8 feet 0 inches center with hangers as follows: e (1) 3611 and smaller - 18 gauge galvanized metal strips (no perforated strips allowed). Strip to be wrapped around duct and securely fastened to duct by sheet metal screws and se- curely fastened to structure above in an approved manner. (2) 60" largest dimension 1" x 1/8" flat bar secured as in (1) above. (3) 6111 and larger - trapeze type hanger of 1-k" x 1-V x 1/8" angle iron with 3/8" diameter rods securely fastened frun structure above in an approved manner. M. Vertical ducts in duct chases shall be supported at each floor and at mid point between floors with 1" x 1" x 1/8" angle iron securely fastened to ducts and structure in an approved manner. 16. EXHAUST FANS : A. Supply and install exhaust fans w indicated on Drawings. B. Fans shall be as manufactured by L LA., Trans, Buffalo, Carrier, American Standard or approved equal and to be equal to those shown on Drawings. 44. ASR DANDLING FEQUIgMET: A. Supply and install 3 zone multizone air handling unit of size, capacity and type as specified herein and as indicated on Drawings. B. Air handling equipment shall be as manufactured by Carrier, Trane, or Buffalo. C. Equipment indicated on the Drawings is based on Carrier. D. All units shall be factory built complete as follows: (1) Factory insulated fan section j (2) Factory insulated coil section with insulated drip pan and drain outlet connection, (3) Cooling coils for chilled water, with copper tubes and ■ aljmInum fine 8 fins/inso maximum air velocity 500 ft./min. Max p.d. 10 ft. of water. Min, 8 rows. (4) Filter section complete with cleanable filters (5) V-balt drive with adjustuble pitch pulleys and belt guard. (6) Vibration isolators for floor mounting, 41 PAA'A At ' M-22 1 (7) Open general purpose motor. 440 v/3 phase/b0 cycle, 2 speed 1200/1800 R.P.P1. (8) Starter for 2 speed motor (9) Factory assembled multizone damper section on unit. Electric Heaters and contactors specified under Electrical Section of Specifications. 45. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS: A. Scope: (1) The Subcontractor under this heading shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for the proper installation of an automatic temperature control system as herein specified. (2) The control system shall be pneumatic as indicated (3) The control system shall be completely installed by Honeywell Inc. or as approved by the Architect, Engineer and the Owner. (4) Complete air piping shall be provided for all control appar- atus, Pipe generally shall be seamless copper tubing, type L. hard drawn. Fittings shall be brass or copper solder Joint type except at connections to apparatus where brass compression type fittings shall be used. In lieu of copper pipe for connections behind control panel and other loca- tions that are accessible for replacement may be virgin bla2k polyethylene plastic tubing. (5) All piping shall be concealed, except in machine rooms, etc. and pipes shall be racked side by side and., not field cabled together, so that individual pipes can be traced. In lieu of ranking groups of pipes, factory made cables s.ay be used. Tubing for cables shall be as specified above and shall be continuously color coded or number coded. Tubing shall be laid parallel and enclosed in a nylon or Mylar envelope over which is extruded a virgin vinyl or polyethylene sheath. (6) Piping shall not be run concealed under duct insulation, inside of ducts or in direct contact with surfaces colder than normal room temperature, such as outside air ducts, conditioned air supply ducts, etc. (7) All piping shall be properly supported and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Adhesive type pipe hangers shall not he permitted. (8) An air compressor shall be sized to handle the entire con- ~rol system while not operating more than one third of the time. A direct expansion type moisture separator shall be furnished with the air compressor as a refrigerated air dryer. s a! 1 .'i • r 8 nf®4"iR~®e '4~,.. ,f I.3C'€ xt~" .']lSillts[.t7i~+a ~i :.Ct ' M-23 Atmospheric dew point of this unit shall be at least minus ' 120F. The ;:ompresscr shr_ll have sleeve or ball bearings in grooved fly wheels with V-belt drives, It shall be equip- ped with a fully automatic lubricating system and all parts shall be enclosed to prevent loss of oil. The compressor shall be provided with an intake air cleaner, discharge stop valve, and pressure relief valve, The relief valve, placed between the compressor and the discharge stop valve, shall be set for a pressure of 10 psi above the control switch cut-out pressure. Intake air cleaners shall be of the clean- able impingement type, The compressor shall be equipped with ' a belt guard and motor starter for the electric motor. In lieu of the refrigerated air dryer specified, a cho,deal (desiccant) type may be used. This dryer shall be the twin tower type ut1lizing one tower to dry the compressed air while the other tower Is being rep-activated, Towers shall be switched automatically. ' B. Electric Wiring: Electric wiring shall be completely installed by the electrical subcontractor. This includes all. power and control wiring, line or low voltage. All materials and labor shall be furnished by the electrical contractor. All wiring shall:be performed in accor. dance with the National Electrical Code, State and Local Codes and the requirements of this Specificatioi►. C. Service Guarantee: The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmco.ichip and material under normal use and service. If withi7 twelve months from date of acceptance by the Architect, any of the equipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or material, it will be replaced and repaired free ' of charge. After completion of the installation, the automatic control contractor shall regulate and adjust all theirnostats, control valves, motors and other equipment provided under this con- tract. He shall place them in complete operating conditions sub- Sect to the c;nproval of the Architect. This subcontractor shall, after completion of the original test of the installation and acceptance by the Architect, provide any service incidental to the proper performance of the temperature control system under guarantees outlined above for a period of one year. ' D. Contral Diagrams: The temperat~,Ma control manufacturer shall prepare six copies of a complete set of piping and wiring diagrams including all instructions and a detailed list of equipment. S. Installation of Valves and Dampers: All autowitic control valves ahall be furnished by the temperature control manufacturer and installed by the mechanical. Uv"::30tor with the exception of refrigerant solenoid valves, if any, which `';r ~C q 1 1 1 M-24 are to be furnishes by others. All automatic control dampers ' shall be furnished by thb temperature control manufacturer, with the exception of unit face and bypass dampers, which shall be installed by the mechanical contractor. All pressure balanced ' or gravity louvers and all manual dampers shall be furnished and installed by the mechanical Lontractor. All motorized valves and dampers shall be furni~,,hed with position indicators, 1 Two position valves and radiator valves are not acceptable except where specified. All valves shall he spring return to the "fail-safe" position. All valves and dampers which operate in sequent,e shall have pilot operated positive positione°s. 46. CONTROL INSTRIMENTS : A. Dampers: (1) Dampers are to be of the louver type with black enamel finish, and having welded steel frames. Blades shall have interlocking edges. The edges of all blades shall be felted if the damper is to operate in outside air service, either as an intake or as a discharge. damper. Damper blades shall have steel trunnions mounted in bronze sleeve or ball bear- ings. Dampers shall not be more than forty eight inches (4811) in length between bearings. All modulating dampers ' shall be of the opposed blade type. Blades shall be not over ten inches (10) In width. 1 (2) Damper shall be guaranteed to close substantially tight, and shall provide substantially the full area of the opening when opened. ' B. Relays and Miscellaneous Items: (1) The necessary relays shall be furnished and installed as 1 required for the successful operation and sequencing of the system tierein specified. Enclosed cabinets shall be pro- vided for all relays, switches, terminal strips, transformers, 1 etc. as required in the respective equipment rooms. (2) All room thermostats shall be equipped with attractive steel covers and guards where Indicated. (3) All coils valves shall be, unless otherwise indicated, single seated, with equal percentage contoured or V-ported plugs, ' and a rangeability of at least thirty to one. All valvas shall have removable packing. ' k) S UENCE OF OPERATION: AN. " Multi-Zone Unit: (1) The unit fan shall be manually started and stopped from the control panel. f~dhen th fan starts, the outside air- damper sha'.1 open to a position determined by the manual position- ing switch also located on the panel. Wheft'thd-fan stops, the outside air damper, shell c sa. " <,6 M t M-25 ' (2) Cold deck temperature shall be controlled by an insertion thermostat located downstream of the unit coil which shall throttle a straight-through valve on the chilled water supply line. ' (3) Temperature in the Auditorium shall be controlled by a wall mounted, modulating room thermostat which shall on a rise ' in temperature, turn off the electric heater for its zone in 6 successive steps, and on a further use, modulate open the normally closed cold dertk damper on the cold deck and modulate close the interconnected non cooled air damper. The sequence shall reverse on a temperature drop. If the fan stops, the step controller a!-all open all heating switches. If air pressure to the step controller fails, the fan shall. ' stops (4) Temperature in the Office-Lobby area shall be controlled by 1 ' a modulating room thermostat which shall function in the 1 same manner as described above for the Auditorium except that there shall be five steps of electric heat control. ' (5) Temperature in the Meet{.ng Rooms shall be controlled by a modulating room thermostat in each zone. Loads greater than 6 KW in these areas shall be controlled in 2 stages. Each thermostat shall operate its respective electric heating coil. A sub-master thermostat, located in the supply air to this zone, shall throttle the zone face and bypass damper ' to maintain a pre-determined schedule of supply air tempera- ture to this zone. This thermostat shall be reset over the range of 50°-70°F. by the room thermostats such that when any zone r8quires full cooling, the discharge air tempera- ture is 50 and the other roams reheat. When no room re- quires cooling, the supply air temperature is 75°F. At any interim condition, the supply air temperature can be ' any value between 500 and 750 adjustable. (6) The control panel previously referred to shall be located where shown on the Plans and shall contain, in addition to devices previously described, three manual gradual position- ing switches for the motorizpd diverting dampers located in each zone. Fan sped may also be changed from this panel (Supply fan is 2 r,peed). Air pressure gages, calibrated to motor ranges, shall indicate the position of each damper motor operated from the panel. Panel shall be totally en- t closed steei cabinet, of an attractive appearance and shall be surface mounted. Operating instructions shall be mounted thereon and protected by an overlay of plastic. ' (7) All electric heaters herein specified shall de-energize an air flow failure. 48. MANUFACTURERS' QUALIFICATIONS: ` A. Marmfacturer's names are mentioned in these s ificatione to establish a standard of quality and construction and? it is not ` '~rj t- y4. w ~ , ,,•6, ,'e fir' ~ M-26 intended to exclude the product of any reputable manufacturer ' reguiarly engaged in thi commercial production of specific equip- ment, provided all essential requirements of the specifications relative to material, capacity and performance are met. Any ' substitutions must be submitted in ample time for approval, B. Where a base bid is speci':ically called for the Contractor shall include such in his bid with an add or deduct for the equipment of any other manufacturer. C. The following shall be used as a basis for contract awards: ' Pipe Fittings Tube Turns, Ladish Pipe Supports Crane, Grinnell Valves Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins ..unkenheimer., Walworth, Dezurik Vents Crane. Lunkenheimer ' Strainers Crane, Walworth, Leslie Gauges Weksler, Ashcroft, U. S. Gauge Thermometers Weksler, Trerice, U. S. Gauge Drain Valves Crane, Walworth, Jenkins Grilles, Registers, Diffusers Tuttle & Bailey, Anemostat, Titus Starters Westinghouse, G.E., Arrow Hart Square "D", Allen Bradley Motors Westinghouse, Reliance, G.E. Vibration Eliminators Vibration Eliminator Co., Korfuru! Vibration Mountings, Inc. ' Insulation Johns Manville, Pittsburg Plate 31ass Co., Philip Carey Manu. Co., Owens Corning, Pittsburg Corning Insulation Ducting Johns Manville, Owens Corning, ' Pittsburg Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Exhaust Fans ILG, Trane, Buffalo, Carrier ' American Standard Air handling equip. Carrier, Trane, Buffalo Controls Honeywell, Johnson Powers 1 a Aid" E-1 1 ELECTRICAL WORK GE14ERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 Table of Contents 1 I#em _Paste No. 1 ^ Contract Conditions £-2 1 20 Intent of the Specifications and Drawings E-2 3. Guarantee E-3 4. Approval of Equipment E-3 1 5. Codes and Ordinances E-4 6. Quality of Work E-4 7. Cooperation with Other Trades E-4 Be Construction Requirements E-5 91 Equipment Protection E-5 109 Cutting and Patching E-5 11. Excavating and Backfilling E-5 12. Safety Guards E-5 13. Drawings E-6 14. Fees and Permits E-6 15. Shop Drawings E-6 ' 16. Painting E-1; 179 Clean-Up and Test E-7 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,a 1 ' E-2 ' ELECTRICAL WORK General Requirements ' 1. CONTRACT CONDITIONS: A. The Electrical Subcontractor, hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, shall be bound to the Prime Contractor by the terms of the General Contract Agreement, the General Conditions, Sup- plemental General Conditions, and Special Conditions, the Draw- ings and Specifications; and to assume toward him all the ob- ligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, as- sumes toward the Owner. The Electrical Specifications, both General Requirements and Technical, and Drawings shall be made a part of the Contract Documents. ' B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for changes made by addenda prior to award of the Contract and these addenda shall be made a part of the Contract. ' C. Certain paragraphs included in this section are supplemental to similar paragraphs in the General Conditions, the Supplemen- tal General Conditions, and the Special Conditions of the ' General Contract; they are not intended to supercede these paragraphs. Should any conflict exist, the matter shall be referred to the Owner's Representative for clarification prior ' to the bid opening. D. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, superintendence, equipment, and operations necessary to provide for a complete and workable electrical system as defined in the Specifications and Drawings. ' E. The Contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site and checking the existing conditions. He shall also familiarize himself with the Drawings and Specifications of work in other ' Sections of the Prime Contract so as to determine the scope of this work and also to inform himself of work which he is to do directly or to assist in its completion. ' 2. INTENT OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS: A. It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings that upon ' completion and testing of the electrical work the entire electrical system shall be complete and shall be in a finished workable condition. This condition shall fulfill the require- ments for the satisfactory operation of the facility in the manner intended. Any discrepancies or omissions which might prevent such workability shall be reported by the Contractor with his bid. III ' E-3 B. All work that may be called for in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not called for in the Specifications, shall be performed by the Contractor as if described in both, and should any work be required which ' is not denoted in the Specifications or Drawings, but which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the in- tent thereof, the Contractor shall perform all such work as fully ' as if it were particularly described. 3. GUARANTEE: ' The Contractor shall guarantee all material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance W: the project by the Owner from the PtIme Contractor, Any defects due to faulty ' equipment, methods of installation or workmanship within the period shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor promptly upon notice of the Owner, and at the entire expense of the Contractor. ' 4. APPROVAL OF EOUIPMENT: ' A. All materials and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be new, of the beat quality and grade, and listed by the Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. ' B. The details on the Drawings and the requirements of the Speci- fications shall be based on First listed item of equipment, article, or material. If the o tractor desires to furnish ' any of the other listed items of equipment, articles, or material other than that listed first in the Specifications, the Con- tractor alone shall be responsible for the correct function, operation, and accomodation of the other listed items of equip- ' ,:ent, article, or materials, In the event of misfits, or changes in the work required, either in this section or other sections of the Contract, the Contractor alone shall bear all costs in ' conjunction with all changes arising out of the use of other listed items of equipment, articles, or materials. ' C, The Contractor shall submit for approval five copies of submit- tal data within fourteen days after award of the Contract. The submittal data shall include manuf4:turers names, catalog numbers and descriptive information. Should this submittal ' for approval not be received within twenty one days after the award of the Contract, the equipment, article or material specified herein shall be furnished. The Contractor's submittal ' shall be made through the Prime Contractor to the Owner's Representative. ' D. In the event the Contractor submits for approval any equipment, article, or material that is not in conformity with the Speci- fications, the Owners Representative reserves the right to ,e- ject the submittal; end, in this case, the Contractor shall ' submit for approval other equipment, articles, or materials which is in conformity with the Specifications, 1 E-4 E. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the Plans or in the Specifications by reference to manufactur- ers' or vendors' names, tradenamea, catalogue numbers, etc., it is intended merely to establish a standard; and, any material, ' article, or equipment of other manufacturers and vendors which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design will be considered equally acceptable provided the material, article, or equipment so proposed, is in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, of equal substance and function. It shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Architect/Engineer's written approval. ' S. CODES AND ORDINANCES: A. The installation of the electrical system shall conform to the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, and shall comply with the latest edition of the rational Electrical Code 1 as well as with local and state codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Codes having jurisdiction over the work shall serve as minimum requirements; but, in areas where there are no codes having jurisdiction, then the minimum requirements shah. be set by the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. If Specifications and Drawings show requirements that are in ex- cess of the codes, then the Specifications and Drawings shall be followed. Should there be any conflicts between the Specifications and Drawings and the codes having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall report these with his bid. Any modifications required by the inspecting authority shall be made by the Contractor without cost to the Owner. B. The Conti-actor shall detew"4ne the requirements for the service ' as set by the utility serving the facility and he shall comply with these requirements in every respect. 6. QUALITY OF WORK: The work shall be executed in the best and most workmanlike manner' by qualified, careful, and efficient mechanics skilled in their re- spective trades. The standards of work required throughout shall be of the first class only and mechanics whose work is unsatisfactory to the rjwner's Representative shall be instantly dismissed from the ' work ur,on written notice from the Owner's Representative. All work must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. 7. COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES: A. The work to be done under this Section must be done in such manner that will cause the utmost cooperation with work to be done under ' other Sections of the Prime Contract. The mechanics shall be ex- pected to work with other trades in determining exact locations of outlets, conduits, fixtures and other pieces of equipment to ' avoid interference with lines as required to maintain proper grades and proper installation of other work. ' E-5 B. The Contractor shall make such progress in his work that he will not delay the work of other trades unduly, He shall furnish suf- ficient labor or shall work overtime to accomplish this end if required to do so. ' 8. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: Y A. Locations and elevations of equipment are approximate and are subject to revisions as may prove necessary or desirable at the time the work is installed. Should local conditions necessitate rearrangement of equipment, or should the Contractor propose to ' install equipment requiring space conditions other than those shown, he shall obtain the approval of the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location and size of slots, holes, or openings in the building structure and for the correct location of inserts and conduit sleeves for equip- ment furnished by him. Maintenance devices and parts of equip- ment requiring adjustment shall be easily accessible. 9. EQUIPMENT PROTECTION: Installed work and equipment and equipment stored for the job shall be protected to prevent damage. Should any work or equipment be- come damaged, the Contractor shall repair it to the satisfaction of t the Owner's Representative or shall completely replace it. ' 10. CUTTING AND PATCHING: Necessary drilling, cutting and patching of walls, floors, parti- tions and ceilings, as required for the proper installation of the ' work, shall be done by the Prime Contractor. This shall be done at the Contractors expense and upon his written request. No cutting of structural work shall be permitted except with the written ap- proval of the Owner's Representative, ll. EXCAVATING AND BACXFILLING: The Contractor shall do all excavating as required for the elec- trical system. Excavations shall be sheathed or braced, and pumping done as may be required to protect the wor'amen and adjacent structures. 1 Backfilling shall be made with the same type of dirt excavated or with an approved material, and it shall be thoroughly compacted. Cinder backfills will not be perrr,tted. ' 12. SAFETY GUARDS: The Contractor shall in3tsll all safety guards required to obtain certificates of•inspection from the city, state, and Industrial Ac- cident Commissioners. E-6 13. DRAWINGS: ' A. The Drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as actual construction and work of other Sections will permit. All deviations from the Drawings required to make the work of the Contractor conform to the facility as constructed, and to the work of other Sections, shall be made by the Contractor with- out any additional cost to the Owner. B. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of the work and the Contractor shall consult the appropriate detail drawings for the exact location of all equipment outlets. 14. FEES AND PERMITS: The Contractor shall pay all taxes and fees for permits and inspections as required in his work. i 15. SHOP DRAWINGS: i A. The Contractor shall submit quintiplicate (5 copies) prints of drawings and details of electrical equipment as called for in Section 16D of these Specifications and as may be required by the Owner's Representative. D. Approval of the shop drawings by the Owner's Representative shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing equipment of proper dimensions, quantity, and quality, nor will such approval relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the shop drawings. ' C. The Contractor shall bear all costs ov damages which may result from the ordering of any equipment prior to the approval of the shop drawings; and no work shall be done until the shop drawings ' have been approved. In case of correction or refection, the Contractor shall resubmit shop drawings until such time as they are acceptable to the Owner's Repr~,sentative, and such procedure will not be considered as a causie for delay. After approval of shop drawings, the Contractor shall supply as marry prints of the approved drawings as may be ordered. ' 16. PAINTING: : All manufactured equipment that is to be installed exposed shell be ' factory painted by the manufacturer, unless otherwise noted. In the event that manufactured equipment is to be field painted, it shall be furnished by the manufacturer with a prime coat or protected by corrosion resistant metal plating. Shop-built or assembled equipment shall be primed and finish painted with two coats of ASA #k49 stan- dard grey paint. If this equipment is to be field painted on the Job site, it shall be furnished to the site with prime coat. Con- cealed equipment shall be primed and painted as above when noted or when requested by the Owner's Representative. t' -L t ' E-7 We CLEAN-UP AND TEST: 1 A. The entire installation shall be cleaned up by the Contractor after he finished his work and shall be acceptable to the Owner's ' Representative. All loose parts or scraps of equipment shall be cleaned of sthinB,.grease, and marks that may be made during the installation. Paint scars shall be repaired by the Contractor and the equipment brought back to first-class condition. B. The entire installation shall be free from grounds and short circuits. Tests shall be made on existing wiring, that may be ' affected by this contract. Each panel shall be tested with mains disconnected from the feeder, branches connected, and switches closed all fixtures in place and permanently connected, ' lamps removed and wall switches closed. Feeders shall be tested with the feeders disconnected from the branch circuit psnels. Each individual power circuit shall be tested at the panel with ' the power device connected for proper operation. In no case shall the insulation be less than that spec.►fied by the N.E.C. 1 i E-1 ' TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ' Table of Contents ' Item Page No. ' 10 General E-2 2. Job Scope E-2 3. Utility Services E-2 4. Installation and Material Specifications E-3 5. Equipment Specifications E-9 1 F: N E-2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ' 1. GENERAL: ' Technical requirements shall be made a part of the Contract Documents along with Go mml Requirements and the Drawings, 2. JOB SCOPE: ' The work shall consist of electrical requirements for the city of Denton Community House. The following systems and work shall Le re- quired for this building and its site: A. 277/480Y main service including wiring and conduit underground 1 from the utilities pad-mounted transformer to the distribution equipment in the building. B. Main distribution facilities including systems of distribution ' at 120/240 single phase, three wire and 277/480Y, three phase, four wire. ' C. Systems of feeder wiring, conduit, Including conductors, conduit, equipment and appurtenances. ' D. Systems of branch circuit wiring, Including conductors, conduit, boxes, devices, switches, receptacles, and the like for a com- plete system. ' E. Systems of lighting fixtures including wiring, lamps, and ap- purtenances. ' F. Exit and emergency lighting system. G. Sound system. 1 H. Systems of duct heaters including heating elements, contactors and control wiring. ' i. Contactor assewbled stage lighting control system. J. Dimmer System. K. Systems of empty conduit. 3. UTILITY SERVICES: A. Power - The Contractor shall consult with the power company serving the facility and determine their requirements for the ' power service and he shall comply with these in every respect. B. Telephone - The Contractor shall consult with the telephone ' ^ompany serving the facility and determine their requirements for the telephone service, and he shall comply with these in every respect. 1 i E-3 ' 4. INSTALLATION AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS: A. Conduit: The Contractor shall install the conduit system in all ways to give the facility the utmost degree of reliability and maintenance-free operation. The conduit shall have an appearance of having been constructed by competent workran. Kinked conduit, conduit inadequately protected or swabbed, carelessly threaded ' and joined do not give such reliability and maintenance-free operation and will not be accepted. Exposed conduit out of square with the building lines will not be accepted. ' (1) All interior wiring shall be run in steel conduit, and-con- cealed unless otherwise indicated. All conduit 2" and smal. ler that is not run in concrete slabs or run underground shall be E.M.T. (2) Conduit 2~" in size and larger and conduit that !_i installed in concrete or underground shall be standard heavy wall rigid galvanized conduit with screwed couplings and fittings. ' (3) Both E.M.T. and rigid conduit shall be galvanized and the fittings for botli types shall be galvanized or cadmium plated. All fittings shall be compression type as manufactured by Appleton, T & B, or Steel City. Conduit runs into fittings ' shall be straignt and true and cocked joints will not be allowed. (4) Conduit seals shall be installed where conduits pass from non-cooled areas into cooled areas, for example: fan plenums and cold rooms. ' (5) All conduit ends shall be reamed out after threading and kept corked and dry during construction. All conduit shall be swabbed out before the wires are pulled in. Bends in rigid ' conduit or tubing shall be made with an approved bending device, unless factory bends are called for. ' (6) All conduit where they enter panel boxes, ~ull boxes, or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place by galvanized lock- nuts, inside and outside, and shall have bushings inside. ' (7) The Contractor shall so lay out conduit runs as to avoid proximity to hot pipes. In no cases shall a conduit be run within three inches of such pipes, except where crossings ' are unavoidable, and then the conduit shall be kept at least 1" from the covering of the pipe crossed. ' (8) Metallic-flexible conduit shall be used inside buildings to extend conduit connections to motors, unit heaters, and other pieces of equipment that may have to be removed for servicing. Flexible conduit may be used with equipment. ' But, in no case shall the length of flexible conduit exceed 48" for connection to any one piece of equipment. i E-4 (9) Neoprene jacketed flexible steel conduit shall be used for ' connection to motor driven equipment and, motors, located outdoors. It shall also be used for connections to other outdoor fixed utilization equipment where an exposed con- nection must be made, such as solenoids, alarm and signal sensing equipment. (10) All empty conduit shall have a 014 galvanized steel pull wire left fie later pulling of conductors. Conduit Stubouts for futurf use shall be suitably capped. All conduit shall be Triangle, or equal. (11) Conduit smaller than 3/4" shall not be used. All conduit shall be 3/4" or larger. ' (12) Suspended, exposed multiple runs of conduit shall be supported at 12 foot maximum intervals by means of Steel City Kindorf pipe hangers. Conduit shall be strapped to the hangers with Steel City conduit straps. (13) Suspended exposed individual runs shall be supported by means ' of Steel City adjustable hangers. k" through 2" conduit shall require 3/8" rod hangers; 2v and larger shall require " rod hangers. ' (14) Strap iron hangers will not be permitted. (15) Conduit shall enter all panelboards, pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes and the like straight and true. Con- duit installed cocked or not plumb will not be accepted. Any work so installed stall be replaced by the Contractot-, ' (16) All buried conduit in the ground shall either be installet within a 3" envelope of concrete or shall be wrapped with a ' waterproof protective covering. (17) Rigid, heavy wall conduit shall be National "Sheraduct" and E.M.T. shall be "X-Duct, Jr." or equal products by Triangle or Republic. B. Outlet Boxes: (1) In wall and ceiling, outlet boxes shall be of sherardized or galvanized pressed steel and shall be provided with gal- l vani;ed steel extension rings or plaster covers to bring exposed surfaces flush with wall or ceiling faces without the necessity of bending conduits to do so. Outlet boxes ' in suspended ceilings shall bo deep boxes allowing horizontal runs of conduit to enter the aides of the boxes. All outlet boxes shb-11 be as manufactured by Appleton, Steel City, or National. i I E-S 1 (2) All outlet boxes shall be of one piece construction. Types of box covers selected shall meet the conditions imposed in every case. All such boxes shall be left in a neat, clean, and workmanlike manner. No plaster covers shall have a depth greater than 111. Outlets shall be finished to 1/8" of the finished surface, (3) When "Gang" arrangements of outlets are employed, "gang" boxes shall have dimensions which are not ,maller than those shown on the following table: ' Number in Gana Size 3 4-V x 84" depth 1 4 4-'k" x 10- " 5 4-VI x 12-t" " 6 44" x 14" " 7 44" x 16" " 8 4-k" x 17 3/4 TM (4) Switch boxes shall not be used as junction boxes. (S) On ceiling outlets involving fixtures hanging from boxes, 3/8" no-bolt fixture studs shall be used for light loads and k" no-bolt fixture studs shall be used for heavy loadl~, (6) In instances in which fixtures are hung from pipe stems, swivel hanger covers shall be used. These swivel fittings shall have cushioned mechanisms, permitting natural swing- ing of fixtures, such as Appleton No. 7165. (7) Exposed outlets except where otherwise noted, shall be mal- leable cast iron Crouse-Hinds "Condulets", Appleton "Unilets" or Pyle National "Pylets". ' (8) Outlet boxes in floor shall be adjustable type with screw plug cover. All floor boxes and fittings shall be National ' 800 series, or equal products by Steel City, or T & B. (4) Outlet boxes in ceiling slabs shall be watertight or surface exposed to concrete. M C. Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes: (1) Pull boxes and junction boxes used in walls and ceilings shall be of code-gage galvanized steel with sheet steel covers. Covers and boxes in exposed areas shall be painted ' with undercoat and then two coats finish paint. (2) Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be installed where shown and wherever required to overcame mechanical difficul- ties due to arrangement of conduit runs, the fixed character of the building or other obstructions which would cause extra conduit loads to reach the service outlets. ' E-6 Conduit runs indoors, and above floor slabs, shall have pull boxes installed at not more than 100 feet apart, where conduit runs are not broken by junction boxes or outlet boxes. (3) Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be of sizes and shapes to best meet the needs of both the purposes and locations, except that the sizes of such boxes shown dimensioned shall e be as shown on the Drawings. (4) Pull boxes and junction boxes in concrete shall be designed ' to be watertight on the surfaces exposed to the concrete. D. Equipment Mounting: (1) Mounting heights of both outlets and apparatus shall be as follows: (2) Switch Outlets 41-6" Receptacle Outlets 1'=0" Telephone Outlets (Walls) liftoff Panelboards 41-6" ' Starters and Disconnects 51-6" (3) All receptacle and telephone outlets shall be mounted with their long axis parallel to the floor. (4) These mounting heights given above are to the horizontal ' centerline of the device. (5) These mounting heights shall be followed unless noted or directed otherwise, or unless special conditions require a different mounting height. H. Temperature Contro's: The Contractor shall determine the wiring scheme for the air con- ditioning control equipment from the Mechanical Section. He ' shall install the control wiring as required for thermostats, interlocks, thermocouples, alarms, and the like. I. Motors: ' (1) The handling, setting, adjustment, mounting of motor, motor base, and motor pulleys of motors that are not an integral part of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. ' (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for checking all over- load releases and holding coils in starters, interlocks, and control equipment and shall notify the trade furnishing these items concerning any changes that are found necessary for safe and satisfactory operation and mai,itenance of these items. 1 i E-7 E. Equipment Marking: ' All disconnect switches, starters, switchboards, and its individual cubicles, signal service cabinets, panelboards and the like shall have identification by means of black micarta nameplates with white engraved letters. Each switchboard device shall be so mark- ed. ' F. Grounding: (1) All conduit systems, equipment, fixtures, cabinetq, boxes, ' motor frames, heating units, and the like shall be grounded by being connected to a common neutral grounding system. The neutral shall then be grounded at the load side of the ' ma3:i switch by means of a 5/8" x 8' driven copper clad ground rod. (2) Conduit systems shall provide a solid ground from start to finial,. In the event an extension is made where metallic conduit is not used, then a separate ground wire, apart from the neutral, shall be installed to form a continuous ' grounding means. G. Disconnect Switches: ' (1) Disconnect switches furnished by others shall be installed by the Contractor. All disconnect switches required by the N.E.C. which are not furnished by others shall be installed by the Contractor. (2) Unless otherwise indicated, the disconnect switches used for ' single phase motors k hp and smaller shall be an enclosed type "on-off" snap switch in a NEMA enclosure and shall have a pilot light if noted. They shall be size 00 to take up to one horsepower. This switch shall have a thermal overload built-in heater element if the motor does not have a built- in overload protector. ' (3) Single phase motors larger than k hp and three phase motors shall have 250 volt, 2 or 3 pole, SIN, heavy duty single throw disconnect switches. (4) For three phase 480 volt motors, all disconnect switches shall be 600 volt, three pole, single throw, heavy-duty type. ' (5) All disconnect switches shall be Square "D" type A80,000, Cutler Hammer, or ITE. ' H. Devices an3 Plates: Wiring devices and plates except where otherwise noted, shall be Arrow Hart and Hegeman units, P & S or Hubbell as follows: (1) All switches shall be 20 amp, quit type, unless otherwise ' indicated, ~i ' E-8 a. SPST switches shall be AH 1991-I ' b. Three.way switches shall be AH 1993-I (4) Duplex receptacle, 15 amp AH 5262-I (5) Single receptacle ' a. 15 amp floor - AH 5284 b, 30 amp (power) - AH 9333-I ' c. 50 amp (power) - AH 7985-I ' (6) Weatherproof duplex receptacle, 15 amp - AH 5769 (7) All device plates shall be stainless steel ' a. Standard switet plates - AH 97071 b. Telephone & bushed hole plates - AH 97181 ' c. Duplex receptacle plates - AH 97101 d. Power receptacle plates - AH 9336 e. Blank plates - AH 97121 ' (8) Device plates shall be so installed that they are straight and true to the lines of the building and flush and parallel to the walls. Plates mounted in a cocked position will not be accepted. 1. Low Voltage Conductors: r (1) All conductors shall be soft drawn annealed copper, 98% con- ductivity. All conductors No. 6 and larger shall be stranded. Unless otherwise indicated, no conductor smaller than No. 12 gage shall be used, except that control conduc- tors may be No. 14. All conductors3 shall meet applicable requirements of ASTM B-3 and B-8. (2) All conductors shall be of the size as shown and where no size is given, other than control wiring, the conductor size ' shall be No. 12. (3) All services and feeders shall be type THW, thermoplastic insulated 600V conductors. ' (4) Outside direct-buried cable shall be type RR. (5) Wire insulation for branch circuits shall be color coded using black, white, and red colors for single phase, three wire systems. The white wires shall be connected to the neutral and the black and red wires shall be connected to the two hot legs. On three phase, four wire systems, the 1 E-9 ' stone scheme shall be used and in addition, a blue wire shall be used for the other hot leg. The same color shall be used for one particular hot leg throughout the work on any one system, ' (6) Splices and joints for branch cirl:uit wiring shall be made with 3M "Skatchlock", or equal products by T & B or Ideal. (7) Splices and joints for feeders and power feeds shall be made with solderless connectors as manufactured by O.Z,, ' T, & B,, or Sherman, (8) Splices and joints shall not be pulled into conduits and raceways, ' (4) All low voltage conductors shall be as manufactured by Phelps Dodge, Triangle, or National, 5, EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS: A. Branch Circuit Panelboards: r (1) All panelboards shall have voltage ratings as required by* Plans, shall be UL approved for applications, and have branch breakers as scheduled, (2) Panelboard boxes shall be made of code guage steel, shall be ' specifically designed to accomodate the breakers, contactors, or any other item required by the drawings so as to meet Code requirements, A minimum of seven inch side gutters will be required where a feeder connects to a panel and ex- tends to one or more panels. All panelboards shall have hinged doors. (3) Panelboard trims shall be of full fashioned steel having con- cealed hinges, concealed trim clamps, and a flush lock that se*,urely latches the door to the trim, Use of screws to mount trim to box will not be acceptable. Trims shall be phosporized, as equal, and painted manufacturers standard color. ' (4) Circuit breakers shall meet the following: a. Shall be UL approved for use in panelboar' in which ' they are mounted, b. Multi-pole breakers shall be common trip with one handle, Internally tied breakers with two handles tied t together are not acceptable. co Breaker types shall be equal to the following: ' 1. 0-100 Amp, 1, 2, or 3 pole type QOB 2. 100-225 Amp, 1, 2, or 3 pole type KA i E-10 1 (5) Panelboards shall be sequenced bussed with breakers bolted to main bus. All space only requires thai: bus jumpers are included so only the breaker need be Pd.eu. Plug-in breakers are not acceptable. (6) All panelboards shall have a directory that identifies each breaker and a brief discription of the circuit served. This ' directory shall be installed in a plastic aheath and attached to the panelboard door. (7) All panelboards shall be Square D, type NQOB, or an equal ' product by Cutler-Hammer or ITE. B. Contactors: ' (1) All contactors shall be designed specifically for the loads shown. Relay contactors will not be acceptable. ' (2) All contactors shall be Square D. class 8903, or an equal product by Cutler-Hamner, or Asco. ' C. Dry-Type Transformers: (1) AU dry-type transformers shall meet ASA - C 89.1 standards ' for noise level. Floor mounted units shall have btdlt-in vibration isolators. Wall mounted units shall be installed on vibration dampers. ' (2) Transformer core iron shall be made of cold-rolled oriented grain silicon steel. 1 (3) Transformer wiring compartments shall be front accessible. (4) All dry-type transformers shall be General Electric, Westing- ' house, or Hevi-Duty. D. Electric Duct Heaters: 1 (1) The following electric duct heaters shall be required: a. 1-230 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, 6 step, for 72" x 36" duct 2,500 cfm max, be 1-35 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, 5 step, for 48" x 12" duct / 4000 cfm max. c. 1-12 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, for 36" x 8" duct @1500 cfm max. ' d. 2-4 5 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, in separate ducts measuring 36 "ex 8' @ 500 cfm max. ' e. 1-6 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, for 48" x 8" duct @ 7D0 Um max. r ' E-11 (2) All duct heaters shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. He shall arrange for and pay to the Mechanical Division for the required duct work. The Contractor shall cooperate with them in the installation of this equipment. (3) All duct heaters shall have the following components: as Basic duct heating element and integral control/Contactor housing with sheet metal housing, b. Auto reset thermal protector c. Fusible link heater element d. Built-in magnetic contactors e. 440/120v fused control transformer ' f, Feeder connection terminals ' (4) The Contractor shall install all control wiring as required by the manufacturer of the equipment installed. Also, the Contractor shall coordinate his control wiring with the Mechanical Divisions air conditioning control system. ' (5) All electric duct heaters shall be by Brask Manufacturing Company, Inc., or equal products by Chromolox, or Electro ' Mode. E. Dimmer: (1) One motorized dinner shall be furnished. Motorized dinner shall be a 1 phase, 3 wire unit rated 2,000 watts total. Control shall be by remote circuitry installed to the Control room and the two balcony control cabinets. (2) Motorized dimmer shall be a floor mounted unit installed in ' the equipment room. It shall be a Superior DM2000-2E, 14 second maximum dimming time from off to full on. F. Sound System: General ' The Sound Contractor shall furnish, install, finish and equalize for fee-dhack reduction and ring mode control a sound reinforcing system as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified. The intent of these Specifications is to provide a conplete and satis- factorily operating system designed to reinforce program material from locations as so indicated on the Plans. It ',s intended to do so at a quality level quite the equal of best oroadeast practice and custom souni system practice. All equipment and installation material required shall be furnished whether or not enumerated herein or shown on the Plans. ' E-12 All equipment described herein shall be the product of one menu- ' facturer, and of establ1 shed reputation and experience who shall have produced similar apparatus for a period of at least ten years and who shall be able to refer to similar installation now ' rendering satisfactory service. All equipment shall beae the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, and shall be listed under the Re-examination Service. ' All work shall be under the supervision of an accredited factory sound engineer. It shall be the responsibility of this engineer to check and inspect this installation to the Owner's and Archi- tect's approval. He shall also train the Owner's ope•,^ating rer- sonnel on the proper operation and maintenance of this equipment. All work in conjunction with this installation shall be in ac- cordance with good engineering practices as established by EIA. Bidders shall include the name of a qualified Registered Engineer, ' who will furnish the proper teat equipment and who will perform the final egalization of the entire system. This Engineer must be approved by the Architect. Duri118 buula aqualizaLlun the Sound Contractor shall have a man on the jobs at his own expense for ' whatever t:atie Is naepanary. The manufacturer and/or his agrailL aliall show eattoforrturY uvla.,nne ' upon Mequest that he maintains a fully equipped service organiza- tion capable of furnishing adequate inspection and service to the ecpiipxuriiL Inobiding stnnrlaM replacaiient parts. ' The Contractor shall furnish the Architect illustrations, descrip- tive specifications and engineering data sheets of the equipment he proposes to furnish under these specifications. Approval shall be received from the Architect before final p,wehase is made of this equipment. Th? manufacturer of this equipment shall provide a complete set of operating instructions including circuit diagrams and other information necessary for proper installation, operation and service maintenance. Four copies of this information shall be supplied to the Owner upon the delivery of the equipment. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and labor for a per- iod of twenty-four months from final acceptance. He shall re- pair or replace any defective materials or labor during this guarantee period without cost to the Owner. ' Functions 1. Distribute program to any or all speakers. ' 2. Provide separate inputs, preamplifiers and volume controls :or 14 low impedance microphones. ' 3. Provide separate inputs, preamplifiers and volume controls for two auxiliary inputs. 1 1 E-13 4, Provide for visual and aural monitoring of all program mater- ' 51 Provide individual base and treble tone controls, 6, Provide Master gain control, 7. Provide facilities for telephone communication to all locations where indicated on Plans. 8. Provide visual and audible signaling to other remote control stations for telephone communications. 91 Provide facilities for controlling one or all microphones which are used in conjunction with any of the three locations. 10, Provide warning lights and reset switches to indicate when ony one of the program amplifiers are not functioning. 1141 Provide automation eleetrinie switching when any amplifier fails to function, without interrupting program being trans- mitted, Equipment Specification: Master Console The Master Console shall consist of one vertical rack, Each rack shall be 67-3/4" high, 22-k" wide and 18-k"' deep. The rack shall provide 61-h" of mounting space and all ' mounting screws of the 19" panels shall be concealed when the unit is completely assembled, The hinged back cover of the rack shall provide adequate ventilation and shall be equipped with a ' power interlock switch. The unit shall be constructed of 16 gauge steel and shall be finished in dark gray baked enamel, t The rack shall house the following equipment: Master Console Contd. ' The Panel shall incorporate a monitor speaker 8" in size, frequency response 30 to 15,000 cycles, and a monitor speaker volume con- trol. There shall be a Vii meter, 2" size, for visual monitoring, ' together with a calibrating potentiometer accessible only from the back. A monitor selector switch shall provide for connections of the ' monitor speaker and V1 meter to any one of up to ten (10) separate amplifier outputs, or to any "OFF" position, There shall be a panel mounted designation card holder for identification of the ' monitoring circuits. There shall be two indicator lights, and two reset buttons to ' indicate malfunction of amplifiers. Three pushbuttons shall be provided for signalling remote control ' stations for telephone cortAUnications, ' E-14 The control panel shall also contain two telephone jacks for ' headsets, The panel shall include a key-operated switch for control of pri- ' wary power to external equipment load of at least 20 amperes at 115 volts AC, both sides of the line being switched. A pilot light shall be provided, Screw terminals shall be provided at the rear of the panel for connection of audio lead, and primary power in and out, ' M3.xer Amplifier The mixer preamplifier shall be of the rack mounting type. It shall consist of 16 high gain channels with gain of at least 97 db, and two low gain channels with a gain of at least SS db. In addition to individual gain controls on each of these 18 channels, the mixer preamplifier shall have an over-all master gain.cantrol, as well as over-all base treble con- trols. The frequency response shall be plus or minus 1 db 30 to 15,000 cps. The input impedance shall be 30/50 and 120/200 as provided ' by a plug-Ir. input transformers, The low gain input shall have an input impedance of .25 megohms, The load Impedance shall be 150 and 600 ohms as provided by a plug-in line transformer. In ' addition to this line output, the preamplifier shall be equipped with a recorder output. The recorder output shall be unaffected by adjustments of the master gain control or of the tone controls, The maxlrwn output of the preamplifier shall be at least plus 18 dbm with the plug-in transformer. Equivalent input noise shall be not greater than minus 123 dbm, Input and output connections shall be made by means of screw terminals. (1) The preamplifier ' shall be equipped with W meter and range extending scale. (2) Channels 17 and 18 shall be equipped with passive equalizer providing proper equalization for a magnetic phonograph cartridge ' and represent RIAA equalization, The preamplifier shall measure 5h" high and shall weigh not more than 10-3/4 lbs. Poster con- sumption shall not exceed 20 watts. e S Beaker Selector Pane The Speaker Selector Panel shall contain 25 two pole our position lever switches marked IC, OFF, CHANNEL A. CHANNEL B. A replaceable designation strip covered with a ' clear plastic magnifyinS lens shall permit identifying each switch. The panel shall he 2-7/8" high, 19' wide, 4-k" deep, finished in light gray, baked enamel. All external connections shall be to solder terminals. A common ground bus for gathering individual line shtelds shall be provided. Telephone IC Pane The Telephone IC Panel shall include a well e filtered heavy duty, 24 volt DC power supply for operating the telephone headsets, the buzzer and the annunciator light on the' associated control panels. It shall be equipped with a heavy 1 duty, lever type switch marked AC power switch, All external 1 E-15 ' connections shall be made to screw type terminals on the rear of the panel. The panel shall measure no more than 2-7/8" high, 19" wide and 7" deep and finished in light gray, baked enamel. ' Power Am lifier(2 required) The Power Amplifier shall be designed or stands IA mounting and shall require no more than 10-~" ' of panel space. All tubes and fuses shall be removable from the front and all components accessible from the rear without removal from the mounting assembly. It shall produce 100 watts (rms) output at less than 5% distortion from 100 to 5000 cycles, 200 ' watts continuous peak and 250 watts transient peak. At 80 watts output, the distortion shall be less than 3% from 40 to 20,000 cycles and less than 2% from 40 to 10,000 cycles. The frequency ' response shall be plus or minus 1 db from 20 to 40,000 cycles with a noise level at least 80 db below rated output. The gain shall be 78 db from a nominal 100,000 ohm bridging input; 150 ohm and ' 600 ohm inputs shall be available with plug-in transformers. The amplifier shall incorporate an input level control to permit matching input voltages from .4 volt.to 20 volts with rated out- put achieved at .4 volt. An output selector switch shall select ' 50 ohms (70 volts) balanced or unbalanced and 6.25 ohms (25 volts) balanced outputs at screw terminal strips. The amplifier shall consume no more than 400 watts at rated output and 200 watts ' when idling. It shall supply 225 volts DC at 7.5 ma. and 6.3 volts AC at 1.4 amperes to power auxiliary equipment. Supervisory Unit (1 required) The Supervisory Unit shall produce ' continuous monitoring of its associated power amplifier and the supersonic input signal for all other power amplifiers in the system. Interruption of amplifier function shall operate a re- lay within the unit to control the specified external circuits The unit shall be self-contained on a compact chassis with inte- gral power supply. ' Telephone Headsets The telephone headsets shall be the same as those used by Operator of PBX Boards. Broadcast Dynamic Microphories_ with Floor Stands (3 Required) The micio.,hones shall be a cardioid dynamic type, with uniform frequency response from 30 to 16.000 cps. The diaphragms shall be nonmetallic Acoustalloy and shall have a magnetic shield to prevent iron and dust particles from reaching the diaphragm. ' The availab~.e impedances shall be 50, 150 and 250 ohms. It shall be possible to select the impedance desired by changing microphone leads fm, one terminal to another .4t the microphone, Line shall be balanced to ground and phased. The microphone ' shall be provided with three sound-cancelling entrances located in the microphone case at different distances in the back of the diaphragm. These three entrances, each utilizing the proper acoustical Impedance, shall combine to form one effective back entrance which varies in distance from the diaphragm inversely with the frequency. The resulting phase and amplitude conditions shall provide a uniform cardioid pattern over all frequencies. ' E-16 ' The output level shall be -55 i.j. with 0 db equalling 1 kw/10 dynes/cm . EIA Sensitivity rating shall be - 151 db for 50 ohm impedance; -152 db for 150 ohm inpedance arAl -150 db for 250 ohm impedance. The magentic circuit shall b2 a nonwelded circuit and employ Alnico Y and Armco magnetic iron. The microphone shall be equipped with a humbucking coil to prevent AC hum pickup. ' The case shall be made of pressure-cast aluminum. The microphone shall have a maximum diameter of 1-3/411, a length of 7-3/4" and a weight of 11 ounces (without cable). Finish shall be nonre- fleeting gray. A 20' three conductor, shielded neoprene jacketed, broadcast-type cable shall be provided. The microphone shall have a built-in cable connector similar or equivalent to Cannon UA-312 which will mate with a connector similar or equiyalent to Cannon ' UA-311 connector. The microphone shall include a stand coupler with a 5/8"! -27 to k" pipe thread to permit use with detachable stand coupler. ' Microphone Flocr Stands shall be a two section typa with a heavy cast base. It :hall adjust from 34" minimum height to 62" maximum ' height and shall be held at any height by a positive acting clutch. The shaft shall be full chrome with the base finished in black wrinkle. The floor stand shall weigh at least 13 pounds. It shall be furnished with a standard 5/8" -27 microphone coupling. ' Broadcast ;gamic Mic; hones-La_ ep_l lype (2 Required) The micro- p ones sha yse an om reet onna , dynamic type with a non metal- lic Acoustalloy diriphrigm. The microphone shall have a magnetic shield to preirent dust and magnetic particles from reaching the diaphragm. It shall have a built-in transformer. A uniform res- ponse from 60 to 12,000 cps shall be obtained. Line shall be balanced to ground and phased. The output level shall be - 60 db with 0 db equalling 1 mw/10 dynes/cm F.IA Sensitivity rating shall be -154 db. The magnetic t circuit shall be nonwelded circuit and employ Alnico V and Armco magnetic iron. The case shall be made of high-tensile, lathe turned aluminum. The microphone shall have a diameter of 3/4", ' a length of 3-11/16" and a net weight of 2 ounces without cable or neck cord assembly. Finish of the microphone shall be nonre- flecting gray. A 30' two conductor, shielded brown synthetic ' rubber jacketed cable shall be provided. The microphone shall, be supplied with a neck cord and belt strain relief clip. Loudsaeakers Cont'd The air column length of each is exactly twenty inches. The entire dual low frequency horn system is enclosed In a 3/4" ply- wood box which is reinforced, and is padded with fiberglass throughout the interior. A crossover network of the content resistance type attenuating ' at the rate of 12 db per octave each direction ft-om 600 cycles is installed in the back of this enclosure. Low frequency coil is wound of No. 14 soft copper and the shunt coil of No. 18 soft cop- per. Paper condensers are used throughout. E-17 ' High frequency horn is designed to operate above 600 cycles and the air column length :'Nu-n throat to bell is 20 inches in length. Overall frequency response of the horn system is 32 cycles to 18,000 cycles, and power handling capacity Is 20 watts continuous with peaks of forty watts. ' Efficiency is such that an electrical Input of one watt will pro- duce a mean sound pressure level of 116'decibels at a distance of four feet on axis. ' Hi -R Horn This horn shall be designed to operate in a wide range loudspeaker system in the range above 600 cycles. Its taper rate shall be 300 cycles, and its air column; length shall ' be 17 Inches. Efficiency shall be such that an Input of one watt electrical energy shall produce a mean sound level of 112 decibels at one ' meter distance from horn bell. Frequency response shall be flat within the limits of plus or minus 4 decibels from 600 cycle3 to 12,000 cycles on axis. Dispersion ' at 4,000 cycles shall be 90 degrees in the horizontal plane, and 40 degrees In the vertical plane. Power handling capacity shall be 20 watts continuously above 600 cycles- when protected by a constAnd resistance network at. tenuating at the rate of 12 deelbels rer octave each direction from 600 cycles. Connect horns to transformers and networks. Properly match all impedances and insure proper phasing throughout. ' Sound Pressure Level Required: A sound pressure level of not less than 95 db above standard referee,^e acoustic level shall be delivered, using an octave band of random noise from 2400 to 4600 cps as a test source. Variation in sound pressure level from seat to seat shall not exceed plus or minus 4 db with the above test signal as input. Variation with frequency at a given seat shall not exceed plus or minus 3 db from 100 cps to 2000 cps. 1 Response from 2000 to 10,000 cps shall not vary from a uniform straight line by more than plus or minus 3 db, with roll off at 109000 cps being 10 db. The print shows the locations of the loudspeakers more or less. The Contractor shall adjust the positions and angles of these ' horns so as to meet the above coverage requirements. I Cable The Speaker and Microphone cable shall be Belden 3760. Intercohm Wiring 8732: Contractor shall install a plug receptacle or remote controlling of preamp and master control panel. The plug receptacle shall be of the Cinch Jones type with contactors ' per sound system manufacturers recommendations. 1 ' E-18 ' Intercom Loudspeakers shall be flush wall mounted 8" speakers with JG8X grill and P90X back box. All intercom speakers shall be low, 70-13000 cps response, 94 db sensitivity, 3.2 ohms im- pedance, 2.15 oz. alnico V, 4 holes, equally spared a 7 5/8" •irclei transformer primary impedance a 700/1400/4000/8000/16000. The Contractor shall install wiring and conduit from the various ' intercom speakers back to the Master Console. G, Fixture Schedule: ' (1) The fixtures are identified with a letter and the fixture schedule is shown on the Plans. The manufacturers fixtures listed shall be the type furnished, except that the Con- tractor may submit other brands adn these will be approved if they are considered an equal by the Architect. ' (2) Fixtures type "A" and type "B" and "D" are special ceramic fixtures, the ceramic shell of which will be furnished by another division. The Contractor shall refer to Division ' 25 and the details on the Electrical Drawings for work by him. ' H. Main Switchboard: Main switchboard shall be Square D QMB power style type having switch units as called for. The main switch shall be equal to "Dolt-Lock" switch with IQtP-C fuses. The branch switch-s shall be QMB type. The switchboard shall be free standing. The bus bar shall be based on 1000 amp/inch, and switchboard shall be ' constructed according to NEMA standards and UL. The Contractor shall furnish all fuses as shown. ' I. Equipment Submittal: The Contractor shall submit for approval, within the conditions set forth in the General Section of the Electrical Division, the following 1. Sound System 2. Main Switchboard 3. Lighting Fixtures 4. Panelboard S. Electric Duct Heaters 6. Dimmers J. The following shop drawings shall be submitted according to the conditions set forth in the General Section of the Electrical ' Division. ' 1. Stage Control Panel 2. Main Switchboard P-1 ' PLUMBING ' Table of Contents Item Page No. if Scope P-3 2. Special Conditions P-3 3. Fees, Permits and Inspections P-5 4. Inspection of Building Site P-5 51 Produets and Materials P-5 6. Checking and Testing of Equipment by Coatractors and Manufacturers Representatives P-5 7. Specifications P-5 8. Cutting, Boring and Excavation P-6 9. Cutting and Patching P-6 10. Equipment Protection P-6 11. Damage to Work P-6 ' 12. Clbaning, Testir►g and Adjutting P-6 13, Equipment Specified Elsewhere P-8 14. Work by Others NO ' 156 Excavating, Trenching dM Backfilling P-8 16. Piping Material P4 176 Piping Installation P-10 1 18. Ripe Joints P-12 190 Unions PP13 20. Building Sanitary Drainage System,Soil Waste and Vent Lines, and Rainwater Drains Piping P-13 ' 21. Flashings P-14 22. Pipe Sleeves and Fixture Supports P44 23. Fltwr and Wall Plates P-14 24. Traps P-14 25. Valves P-15 269 Cleanout Plugs and Test Tees P-15 27. Hydrants P-15 28. Electrical Work Associated with Plumbing Contract P-16 29, Installation P-16 30. Painting P-17 ' 31. Domestic Cold Water Distribution P-17 32, Identification of Fiping P-18 33, Extra Supplies P-19 ' 34. Disinfection of Water System P-19 35. Teat and Certificates P-20 P-2 t Item Page No. 36. Floor Drains and Roof Drains P-20 37. Types of Fixture and Fixture Trimmings P-20 389 water Heaters P-22 39. Hose Cabinets P-23 I 40. Sump Pumps P-23 41. Steam Bath bnit p-23 I li li 1 ' P-3 PLUMBING ' 1. SCOPE: A. The work covered under this section of the Specifications con- sists of furnishing all labor, materials, devices, appliances, fixtures and equipment and in performing all operations in con- nection with the installation of a complete plumbing system. (1) As required and implied by the Drawings I (2) As discussed in these specifications and (3) as necessary to provide a complete, integrated and satis. factorily operating installation. The work shall generally include but is not limits! to: I (1) Plumbing fixtures and accessories (2) Sanitary Sewer System (3) Cold Water Supply Distribution System ' (4) Domestic Hot Water Distribution System (5) Steam Supply Piping System for Steam Units (6) Storm Water Drainage System (7) Fire Protection Piping to Hose Cabinets I and all other items indicated or specified or as required or necessary to complete the work, whether each item is specifically shown or referred to or not. ' Be This Contractor shall include in his bid all the concrete sup- ports, miscellaneous steel and other general construction labor and materiels necessary to the installation of a complete plumb- ing system. 2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: A. These special conditions shall supplement the general conditions and the supplementary general conditions of the contract which are hereby included in this section of the Specifications. Be Codes, Ordinances. Rules and Remdations Perform all work under this contract in strict accordance with the glumbing code of the CS of Denton, as spa he D rest ves ' o the ns etor. of CLWtinz t e a other pertinent codes ordinances a per NEC, AGA a requirements, where applicable. ' P-q Report any conflicts with these requirements found in the ' Specifications and the accompanying Drawings to the Architect who will issue the necessary instructions or addenda to the Contract Documents, ' C. All electrical devices and equipment shall be labeled by National Board of Fire Underwriters' Laboratories. ' D. In no case shall a bidder base his bid on a ^lass of material or workmanship less than that required by the contract documents nor the above codes or ordinances. All modifications which may ' be required by a local authority having legal jurisdiction over all or any part of the work shall be made by this Contractor without additional charge. In all cases where such authority ' requires deviations from the requirements of these Specifications and accompanying drawings, this Contractor shall report same to the Architect and shall secure his approval before work is started, ' E. Completeness: It is the responsibility solely of this Contractor for the com- pleteness of his work, and for giving timely and adequate informa- tion to other Contractors where required for proper routing and support thereof. ' F, Workmanship and Installation: ' All work shall be performed in the beat and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and proper- ly licensed, All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the best standard ' practice to bring results of first class only, G. Contractor shall schedule his work to permit Inspections by the ' Architect and/or authorities having jurisdiction, before the work is concealed. H. If the contractor performs any work contrary to the applier!4.le ' codes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or contract documents without written notice to and approval from the Architect, he shall bear all costo arising therefrom to c,)rrect such work. I. Contractor shall lay out his work carefully at the site to con- form to the building and site conditions and to avoid all obstru- ctions, He shall coordinate his work with that of other trades to avoid delays and expense to others, J, Except where specifically noted, the plans do not give exact ele- vations and locations, This Contractor shall acquaint himself thoroughly with the details of the proposed construction, includ- ing exact elevations, locations, of necessary points or connec ' bons and obstructions to be considered, using visit to site prior to bidding, where necessary, 1 P.S 1 1 3. FEES. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: This Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and licenses required for work. He shall give all notices and comply with all 1 laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and contract requirements bearing on the work. ' 4. INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE: Before handing in his bid, it is necessary that the Contractor visit the building site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met ' there in installing the new work and make due provisions for same in his bid. It will be assumed that the Contractor, in handing in his bid, has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work neces- sary to properly Install all the work required or shown. Failure to visit the site shall not furnish excuse for faulty workmanship or omission of equipment or work under this contract. 1 5. PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS: ' The equipment to be furnished under this Contract shall be the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same equipment are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. ' 6. CHECKING & TESTING OF EQUIPMENT BY CONTRABAND MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVES A. In order to place responsibility for furnishing of proper mechani- cal equipment and to see that it is installed as intended by the manufacturer, the contractor, during construction, shall request supervisory assistance from the equipment manufacturers' represen- ' tatives to inspect and see that the equipment is in proper work- ing order. 1 B. Before final payment is issued the representatives shall submit to the Architect, through the contractor, a signed statement certifying to their inspection and that the equipment is properly ' installed and ready for operation. 7. SPECIFICATIONS: In the matter of specifications there are intricacies of construction which are impractical to specify in detail, but in such matters the current rules of good practice shall govern. Any point which requires 1 olarification will be fully explained if application is m&Je to the Architect. The plans and specifications are intended to be coopera- tive and of equal binding force. Anything called for in the specifi- cations and not shown on the Plans, or vice versa, shall be furnished by this Contractor. 1 1 1 8. CUTTING. BORING AND EXCAVATION: A. No cutting, boring or excavating, which may be necessary for this work in or about the building, which may in any way ' interfere with the work of another Contractor, or weaken the structure in any way, shall be undertaken without receiving the approval of the Architect before starting same. ' Be All excavations made by this Contractor shall be properly filled, flooded and tampod to the original grads. This shall ' be done under the Architect's supervision and to their entire approval. Where excavations occur below floors on grade or be- low pavement tamping shall be done by mechanical means. I 1 C. All excavations and back filling shall be done in accordance with governing codes. 90 CUTTING AND PATCHING: This Contractor shall coordinate his work to avoid cutting of con- 1 struction, Where it becomes necessary to cut through walls or floore to permit the installation of work under this Contract, or to repair defects which may appear up to the expiration of guarantees, such cutting shall be done under the supervision of the Architect by their Contractor. The damage shall be repaired, after the necessary work has been completed, by the same Contractor or trade. 1 10. EOUINT OTECTION : A. Contractor shall at all times take precaations as necessary to properly protect his work and equipment from damage. Be Pipe openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during Installa- tion. Equipment shall be covered t.:ghtly and protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. 11. DAMAGE TO WORK: ' This Contractor shall pay for all injury and damage to the work of another Contractor, which may be done by him or his workmen. The Architect shall be the arbiter in such matters as may arise. ' 12. CLEANING. TESTING. AND ADJUSTING: ' A. During the progress of the work and upon its completion, Con- tractor shall, at his own expense, make such tests of his work as herein specified and as required by the Architect or by Authori- ties having Jurisdiction. He shall provide all apparatus, tempo- rary piping connection, or other requirements necessary for such testa, and shall take all due precautions to prevent dalrage to the building or its contents incurred by such tests. Contractor shall ' furnish a certified report of compliance or non-compliance on each test to Architect. ' pe. 7 ' Be The Contractor shall include in his bid the cent of adjusting all of the systems covered under the Contract for proper opera- tion. At the completion of the work, the materials and equipment shall be cleoned thoroughly and delivered in new, bright condi- ' tion satisfactory to the Engineer, C. Leaks, defects or deficiencies discovered as a result of the tests ' shall be repaired or made good inmediate:.y; and tests shall be repeated until the test requirements are fully complied with. No caulking of pipe joints to remedy leaks will be permitted. ' D. Tests of sanitary drainniz rainwater drainage: The entire sani- tary drainage, rainwater drainage and venting system shall have all necessary openings plugged to permit the entire system to be ' filled with water to the top of the highest vent stact above the roof, and proven tight at all points, Each riser sheil be tested separately. The system shall hold this water for 30 minutes with- out showing a drop in level pxeater than four inches; the water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. Where a portion of the system is to be tested, the test shall be conducted in the same manner as described for the entire system except ttuit no portion of the system need be submitted to a test of less than a 10 ft. head of water (except the uppermost 10 feet of the system). All requirements of the CODE OF RULES REGULATING THE WORK OF PLUMB- ING AND DRAINAGE IN THE CtTY OF DENTON, TEXAS, shall be met by Contractor. E. Tests of Water Systems: Upon completion of the roughing-in-and before setting fixtures, the entire cold water piping system and domestic hot water piping system and fire protection piping to ' hose cabinets shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch gauge and proven tight at this pressure for not less than 30 minutes, The water used for ' tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply, Where a portion of the water piping system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested separately in a manner ' described for the entire system, F. Testing of steam supply piping system: Shall be same as "Testa of Water Systems",-. Defective Work: If inspection or test shows defects, such de- fective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated, Repairs to piping shall be made with new material, No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. De- fects discovered shall be eliminated by resetting the fixtures ' and equipment with new gaskets, H. Certificate of A roval: Upon the satisfactory completion and anal test of the plumbing system, Contractor shall obtain from ' the proper Authority having jurisdiction, and shall deliver to the Engineer and to the Owner, a certificate of approval thereof. P-S 13, EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary material and labor and shall connect to the plumbing system all fixtures and equipment ' having plumbing connections and which are specified or shown in other sections of the contract documents, B. In particular provide water make-up to cooling towers and chilled water circulating aystem, 14, RK BY OTHERS.: 1 The electric wiring and conduit for the motors, controllers, interlocks and controls will be accomplished by the electrical contractor, unless otHrwise specified. 15. EXCAVATING, TRENCHING. AND BACKFILLING: ' A. Excavation: (1) Excavate trenches of sufficient width for proper installation of work and grade bottom of trenches evenly, providing hell- holes as necessary so that barrel will have a solid bearing full length of pipe. Refill all cuts below trench grade ' with sand or fine gravel firmly compacted or with concrete. B. Sewer and water pipes shall be laid in separate trenches as required by The Governing Plumbing Code, C. After pipe lines have been tested, inspected and approved, and prior to backfilling, forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of trash and debris. Material for backfilling shall consist of sand, gravel, or other materials approved by the Architect and shall b% tr+2 of debris. Under pavements and ' other surfacing, mechanically tamp backfitl in layers not exceed- ing 6 inches. Do not use any rock in backcfill for depth of 2 feet over top of pipe and exclude cinders around metal pipes. Packfill must be placed and sheathing ren)ved in such manner ' that pipe will not be disturbed. D. Fittings at bends in the pipe line shall be firmly wedged against the vertical :ace of the trench. E, Frost Protection: (1) All plumbing work shall be installed to insure protection from freezing of contents and frost closure of vents. Trenching shall be deeper than the established ground frost ' line recommended. 16, PIPING MATERIALS: A. Provide first quality plumbing materials as specified herein with materials and devices identified by make, weight, types and classes of product. ! p-g ' Be Provide and install with all piping systems all fittings, nipples, adapters, unions, joints, traps, connections and other secessories as required to execute the layout shown or implied by the drawings ' and specifications, C, Sanitary soil, waste and drain pipe and fittings and rainwater drainage piping within the building, under concrete slab and to ' a distance of 51-0" beyond building line shall be extra heavy ashpalttn coated cast iron drainage pipe and cast iron sanitary drainage fittings - ASTM A74, unless otherwise noted, D. Above AMW an a of a t and ven nd f t i s• Where chase or wall thickness is inadequate to concea the re- quired size in cast iron, shall be type "DWV" copper properly connected into the cast iron hub (Utilizing heavy red brass ferrule and caulking in compliance with the local plumbing code), ' E. sanItM waste. nd vent DivIng: 2V and er may be o z e-coat wrought iron except where cast iron, lead, brass or copper is required by local code, Wrought iron pipe ' shall be equal to Byers genuine galvanized wrought iron pipe with matching screwed fittings, ASTM MAS, Copper drainage pipe shall be Type L seamless copper with solder joint sanitary drain- age fittings - ASTM-B-306, P, C domestic t Igater. gKgteQtAqn. 1191M aVgplv. age, ha .1 gqgLMent a giving :a within tgs be Type seamless copper tube and wrought copper solder-joint fittings - ASTM C75, ' 0. Water giping d within building and to a distance of five feet beyond building line, and where indicated on the drawings, when larger than 3 inches in size shall be Type "k" hard drawn seamless copper tubing, ASTM Specificatiun B-8641 with wrought ' copper sweat joints or cast iron pipe A.S.A. Specification A 21-6 class 150 with boltless gasketed joints and cast iron fittings, H. W t r d within building and to a distance five feet e+on building or sizes 3 inches and smaller shall be Type "L" hard-drawn seamless copper tubing ASTM Speccation ' B-88-51 with wrought copper solder fittings or cast brass brazed fittings. Is Senijarv sewer P121 g14 rj1nwatCr drat a from ' cast iron line beginning approximately 51- outside o ding, shall L•q of extra heavy clay pipe as follows: (1) Extra strength clay pipe shall conform to C.S.P.A..2-63 specifications. ' (2) The installation of extra strength clay pipe shall conform to A.S.T.M. Specification C12-58T. (3) All joints in clay pipe shall conform to A.S.T.M. Specifi- cation C-425-60T, type 1 or type 3. q,~ ' P-10 ' 17. PIPING IDISTALLATIONS: A. Horizontal sanitary soil and waste pipes shall be given a grade ' of h inch per foot, and must be so laid as to insure that the slope towared the main sewer will be continuous. Clean-outs shall be provided where shown on the drawings or where required by code ' or for proper maintenance and shall be the same size as the pipe except where otherwise noted on the drawings. Use brass cover plates on walls and floors over cleanouts. ' Recess cleanouts behind wall and floors over cleanouts. B. All main vertical sanitary soil and waste stacks shall be extended ' full size to and above the roof line as vents, terminating not less than twelve inches above the roof. Where practicable two or more vent pipes shall be connected together and extended as one pipe through the roof. C. Changes in pipe sizes on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made with reducing fittings. Changes in direction whell be made by 45 degree wyes, half wyes, long sweep 4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, except that sanitary tees may be used on vertical stacks, and short h bends or elbows may be used in soil and waste ' lines where the change in direction of flow in from the horizontal to the vertical and on the discharge from water closets. D. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the ' building by Contractor, and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be taken not to weaken the structural portion of the building. Service pipe, valves and ' fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other surfaces to permit not less that. k inch between finished coverings on the different surfaces. Changes in pipe sizes shall be made with ' reducing fittings. E. Equipment drains specified, required or indicated on the drawings shall, consist of ~ inch globe valves with renewable discs and ' 3/4 inch hose nipples. Additional drains with k inch globe valves with renewable and 3/4 inch hose nipples shall be installed at low points on the hot and cold water piping. All piping shall grade to the drains, r. Air chambers, 1.2" long and same pipe size as riser shall be pro- vided i~:t top of each Plumbing Riser, In addition, air chambers shall be provided on all branch lines to fixture groups and shall consist of 12 inch vertical lengths of pipe of same dia- meter as branch supply with cap. G. Allowance shall be made throughout for expansion and contraction of piping. Runs of pipe over 50 feet in length shall be anchored ' to the wall or to the supporting construction about midway on the run. ' P-11 H. Locations and sizes of chases and openings necessary for the proper installation of the work shall be determined in advance and provided during the erection of the work. Where pipes pass through water-proofing membranes, flashing sleeves shall be installed with an integral flashing flange to which a flashing shield can be soldered; and the space shall be made watertight. I. Pipe Hangers shall be of a type suitable for each use. Perforated straps shall not be used in any work. For ferrous pipes, use malleable iron, adjustable, split ring, swivel hangers. Where several pipes are parallel at the same elevation, trapeze;hangers may be used. For copper pipes up to and including three inches (311) in size, use malleable iron, copper plated hangers. For ' copper pipes larger than three inches (5ll) use copper-plated clevis hangers. Hanger rod sizes shall conform to the following schedule: r Pipe up to and including 2" - 3/8" rods Pipe 2", 3" and 3k" 1/2" rods ' Pipe 4" and 5" 5/8" rods Pipe 6" r ..................rr....r.....rr..r._r 3/4" rods All horizontal runs of exposed ferrous piping shall be suspended ' by means of hangers with the following maximum spacing: Pipe up to and including 1" 8 feet Pipe 1#t" and 2" 10 feet r Pipe 2V and 3" 12 feet Pipe A" and 4" 14 feet Pipe 5" and 6" 16 feet ' Pipe 8" and 10" 20 feet All horizontal runs of exposed copper piping shall be suspended by means of hangers with the following maximum spacing: Pipe up to 3/4" in size 5 feet Pipe 1" and 1%" ----•------•----"---•r..rr_.... 8 feet Pipe All and larger 10 feet There shall. be a hanger within two feet (21) of each elbow or tee. Additional supports shall be provided for valves, strainers, etc. Cast iron pipe shall have not less than one hanger per length of pipe.. Vertical risers shall be supported by approved ' riser clamps at each floor. Vertical pipes within a space shall have not less than two (2) supports. Supports and hangers shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction in the piping systems. Where necessary to-control expansion and con- traction, the piping shall be guided and firmly anchored. No piping shall be self-supporting,; nor shall it be supported from equipment connections. Domestic cold water urd hot water, fire ' protection and steam supply pipe hangers shall be,sized to go around specified insulation with saddles tairg provided to proms toot the insulation, 9 , (i S, ! P_12 J. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates: Where exposed pipes pass through ofI^ -or fl s e walls, they shall be fitted with chromium. plated escutcheons of an approved pattern. I K. Valve Chart and Label: Prepare and install, in suitable glazed game, typewritten valve charts giving the number, location and function of each line valve installed. Install on each valve ' stem a stamped one and one-half inch (1k") diameter brass tag plainly numbered corresponding to the number indicated on the above chart. Tag shall be secured to valves by heavy brass ' figure eight hooks. L. C an n : All piping shall be thoroughly flushed with water before placing in operation. As soon as the water in the piping runs clear, the strainers shall be cleaned and the system placed in operating condition. ! M. Ends of screw-Jointed pipes must be cut square so as to seat in bottom of recess of the fittings, and must be reamed out. Bend- ing of soil, waste, drain and vent pipes will not be permitted. ! N. Particular care shall be taken in running piping so as not to interfere with finished electrical work. In the event of con- flict, location priority shall be afforded electrical work so i as to not affect the appearance of the building adversely. 180 PIPE J~ OINT3: ' A. Joints in hub-and-spigot cast-iron soil, waste, and vent pipes and threaded pipe or caulking ferrules, shall be firmly packed with oakum and caulked with molten caulking lead at least one inch deep in one pouring and finished flush with hub. B. Threaded Joints shall have American National taper screw threads, with graphite-and-oil compound applied to the male thread. Connections between threaded pipe and soil pipe shall be similar and the threaded pipe shall have a ring or half-coupling screwed ' on to form a spigot end. Co Fittings on copper tubing shall be solder-Joint type of wrought copper and shall be assembled with special solder, using a neocorrosive flux, all as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing and fittings. Surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned bright. Use 95.5 solder for water piping and 50.50 solder for ' drains and vents. Heat copper tubing larger than 1" with ring torch. Wrap copper tubing with electrical tape wherever tubing touches a dissimilar metal. ! D. Connections between lead and cast-iron hub and spigot pipe shall be made with red brass ferrules and wiped Joints. E. Joints between cast-iron and clay pipes shall be made with hot pour, mineral filled bituminous Joint compound. Packing shall be oakum. 1 ' P-13 F• Bituminous joint compound shall be a product which has been in successful use for at least five years. It shall adhere tightly to the pipe surface and when set shall have sufficient elasticity to permit slight movement of the pipe without injury to the joint. Compouhd shall form tight joints under all conditions of trench and weather and shall not deteriorate when submerged in water or domestic sewage. 19. IONS: A. Unions on ferrous pipe two inches in diameter and smaller shall be zinc-coated malleable iron; and on ferrous piping 2-k inches in diameter and larger shall be zinc-coated cast iron, flange ' pattern. Be Unions on brass or copper pipe two inches in diameter and smaller shall be brass; and on non-ferrous water piping 2-k inches in diameter and larger shall be flange pattern brass or bronze, 150 pound class. Co Gaskets for flanged unions shall be of the best-quality fiber or plastic. D. Unions shall not be concealed in walls, and unions shall not be covered by insulation. 20. 9 3 T Q L WALSTE A. Supply and install a complete watertight gravity system of sanitary drainage between plumbing fixtures, floor drains, special equipment, etc, and the point of termination indicated on the drawings. Be Soil, waste, vent, and drain piping for sanitary drainage and rain water drainage, must be of the sizes noted and be run as indicated, Where elevations are given, pipes must be run in straight lines and have a uniform grade between the elevations noted, and no branch drain shall have a lesser grade than that indicated for the main drain to which it is connected. Where elevations are not given, pipes shall be given a uniform grade of 4 inch per foot, except that where such grade on overhead pipes would reduce the head room materially, the grade may be reduced to not less than 1/10 inch per foot, if so directed by the Engineer. All overhead pipes must be kept as close to ceilings as possible, unless otherwise indicated or noted. The soil and waste pipes so shown and noted on the drawings shall be extended as vent pipes to above the roof line and project above roof line not less than twelve inc;-,es nor more than eighteen inches, Where so noted or indicated on the drawings, two or more ' vent pipes shall be connected together and extended as one pipe. Connections of vent pipes shall be made in concealed space at least three feet above floor on which the fixture vented is located so as to prevent the use of any vent line as a waste. ~kllq ti: ;~1. pry $:4 0 JAM P-14 ' C. Provide traps for each entrapped fixture or device. Traps shall be as close to fixture as practicable. Do not double trap any fixture or line. ' 21. .S~, A. The flashing of vent lines through the roof shall be accomplished ' under the responsibility of the general and plumbing Contractors. 8. Flae n Co ections: At all points where the vents pass through the roof, the openings shall be flashed with sheet lead flashing weighing not less than four (4) pounds per square foot, The flashing shall be made absolutely watertight at the roof line a►.d shall be extended up, over and down at least two '(2) inches ' into the pipe, Each flange shield shall extend not less than fourteen (14) inches in all directions from the respective vent, underneath the roofing material on the upper roof slope and over ' the rooting material on the lower slope of the roof. 224 P s._&M rDCTURE L POR ST ! ' A, Pipe sleeves, hangers, and supports, and fixture supports shall be furnished and set in proper and permanent locations, Pipe will not be permitted to par; thrcugh structural members unless ' noted on the structural drawings or approved in writing by Structural tngineer, S. Pipe sleeves made of schedule 40 steel pipe properly secured in place with approximately one-quarter inch space between each sleeve and tho surface of the pipe and/or insulation passing through it, shall be provided for all pipes passing through con- crete floors or masonry walls, Where approved, pipes pass through footings, cast iron sleeves shall be provided no less than four (4) inches larger in diameter than the pipes for which they are installed, All pipe sleeves shall be built in place as the walla and floors are built up, The spaces between sleeves and pipes through concrete floors and exterior masonry walls shall be made M watertight with approved plastic materials, Paint visible sur- faces o sleeves to match adjacent surfaces. 23, €M & WALL PLATESs Uncovered exposed pipes, where passing through floors, finished walls shall be fitted with chromium-plated castbrass plates, on chromium- 1 plated pipe, or with cast-iron or steel plates on ferrous pipe. Plates shall be large enough to completely close the hole around the pipes and shall be -square, or round, with the least dimension not less than ' one-eighth inch larger than the diameter of the pipe, Plates shall be secured to pipe by set screws in hub of plate. Paint unfinished plates to match adjacent building surfaces. ' 24, s A. Each fixture and piece of equipment requiring connection to the drainage system, shall be equipped with a trap. ' P-15 1 Be Each trap shall be placed as near to the fixture as possible. Traps installed on cast iron hub-and-spigot pipe shall be extra heavy cast-iron. Traps installed on threaded pipe shall be recess drainage pattern. All traps shall be vented. 25. VAL : ' A. Valves shall be provided on all supplies to fixtures as specified. Be Valves indicated on drawings in connection with runouts, risers, branches and mains shall be in accordance with paragraph (c) below. Valves shall be gate valves unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the drawings. Co Valves up to and including two inches shall be all-brass with solder-joint, rough bodies and finished trimmings. Valves 2-k inches and larger In diameter shall have iron bodies, brass mountings, and either screw or flange ends. D. Valves shall be equal to Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins, Walworth. ' 269 xa n` PLUG AND W "EM: A. Clernouts installed in connection with cast-iron hub-and-spigot ' pipe shall consist of a long-swee-. ~ bend or one or two 1/e bends extended to an easily-accesaible place, or where indicated on the Drawings. An extra-heavy cast-brass ferrule with counter- sunk trap screw cover shall be caulked into the hub of the fit- tings. Be Cleanouts shall be provided at each change of direction, in interior horizontal runs at intervals not exceeding SO feet. Cleanouts shall be braes caulked into the lines and, where they occur in walls or floors of finished areas, shall be provided ' with access plates. All interior cleanouts shall be same size as the pipe served up to four (4) inch size ad indicated on Plane for all larger lines. Exterior cleanoute shall consist of a conctste encased wye in the line with cleanout leg extending up- ward iberefrom and terminating in a concrete slab below grade. A stanlard cast iron cleanout casting shall be set on this slab in suet, a manner as to be flush with finished grade and to provide ' access through its cover to the cleanout. A removable concrete stopper shall be set in the open top of the c)~ianout pipe. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the sewer. ' 2 7. Mme: ' A. Provide three-quarter (3/4) Inch freezeproof box type yard by drants in brass flush boxes with hinged locking cover, removable key. Locate hydrants where indicated on drawings. ' Be Hydrants shall be equal to Josam 1430N. P-16 28, ELECUICAL WORK ASSOCIATED WIRI PLUMBING CONTM.CT: A. Motors, controls, and switching and protective devices required for the proper operation of e(raipment shall be furnished by this Contractor rind shall conform to the Electrical section except where such apparatus is furnished mounted and connected integral with the motor-driven equipment. ' Be Final connections to equipment, including motors, together with the installation and connections to all related control and pro- tective equipment, shall be accomplished as a part of the slew ctrical work under the Electrical Specifications. C. This Contractop shall Orovide all wiring diagrams and other infor- ' matiort required to properly wire up all sleetrlca equipment and controls furnished by him and hand over to electrical contractor. ' D. This Contractor shall supervise the installation and wiring by the electrical contractor and shall assume full responsibility for a correctly wired job and acceptable in all respects to the Architect and NBFU. 29. INSW&T ODI: ' A. After satisfactory teats have been completed on piping systems the linca shall be cleaned and insulated as follows. ' Be Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Owens Corntrg, Philip Carey Mfg. Co. or equal. ' C. General: (l) Insulation shall be applied with all joints carefully fitted to eliminate voids. Where voids occur insulation ' shall be refitted or replaced. (2) The application or insulation in the field shall be subject ' to inspection and approval by the Engineer. No section or insulated pipe shall be concealed prior to the Engineer's approval. ' (3) The utmost care is to be taken to censure that the instailed insulated pipe is of the best possible workmanship. Any section of insulation which becomes damaged whatever the ' cause, is to be out out and replao.td. D. Cold water Domestic Hot Water, Fire Protection and Stearn Supply ' Piping run above ground. (1) To be covered with equal to 1" thick fiberglas pipe vovering with white flame retardent vapor barrier jacket. Longitudi- nal joints to be firmly butted and covered with a 4" wide strip of jacket material heavily coated with vapor barrier cement of the same color as the jacket. Adhesive shall be ' equal to bond-Master's K218. Y, e,:'. a ra r 1 P-17 (2) Fittings and valves shall be covered with mitred pipe Insulation or molded fittings to the same thickness as adjacent piping. ' (3) Smooth out irregularities with asbestos finishing cement. ' (4) Pipe, fittings and valves to be finished with standard weight canvas jacket and a coat of white vapor barrier cement. (5) Insulation to be protected with saddles at pipe hangers ' and supports. 30. P I~ NTING: ' As Exterior surfaces of piping installed in or through concrete floors or tile floors and underground shall be given one coat of acid-resisting paint having a bituminous base. Finish painting ' of exposed pipe, pipe covering, hangera, supports, and other iron work in finished spaces shall conform to the painting schedule of the Architectural portion of the Contract Documents ar.3 Bach other painting as provided herein. B. All equipment shall be delivered to the job with suitable factory ' finish. Should the finish be marred in transit or during Instal- lation, it shall be finished to present a neat, workmanlike ap- pear3nee, Co All insulated lines in uninhabitable or crawl sp,ues or concealed in pipe chases shall be painted with a heavy eoa•ting of asphalt emulsion to a thickness of 1/16" inch. All insulated lines in ' equipment or mechanical rooms shall be sized with a heavy coat of glue sizing, When the sizing is dry, it shall be painted two coats of enamel gloss Pittsburgh Industrial Paint, Color as per architectural schedule. D. All uncovered steel or wrought iron lines, supports and hangers in pipe chases and in uninhabitable or crawl spaces shall be ' painted two (2) coats of black asphalt varnish. Uninsulated copper and cast iron lines in these spaces need not be painted, but shall be thoroughly cleaned. All other uncovered lines and 1 all other hangers and supports shall be primed and painted two (2) coats of lead and oil paint. The primer on rapt iron lines shall be a material that will contain the asphaltva or coal tar 1 coating. E. All painting done under these contracts shall be in colors apeei- fied herein or designated at the time of the installation. Successive coats of paint shall be of different shades. Paint materials shall be Pittsburgh Industrial in all cases. ' 31. MOTIC COLD WATER DI,STRIBUTIONs A. Supply ark! install complete oyster.,) of cold water distribution from cold water supply source indicated on the Drawings to fixtures, hydrants, eta, as sham and/or implied, 1 P-18 Be Supply and install control and automatic valves as shown on drawings and as required. ' (1) Shut off valve at bottom of each riser (2) Shut off valves at each cold branch supply to each fixture. ' C. Provide sealed air chambers as noted on drawiage and install as per manufacturers' recommendatiods to eliminate water hammer. D. Properly pitch pipe, vent, etc, as noted and dieeoted, E. Branch fixture connections shall be as follows with reductions at fixtures as required by terminal outlet. F t gold U9 1 Hydrants 3/4" - Special Equipment As Noted As Noted F. Supply and install pressure gauges with gauge cocks at the cold water inlet into the building and ether points indicated on drawings. G. Supply and install thermometers with wells and separable sockets at cold water entry to building and other places indicated on drawings. 1 32. IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING: ' A. All piping exposed in mechanical or equipment roans or it •m- inhabitable spaces, including crawl spaces, or concealed in accessible pipe spaces or in other accessible spaces shall be 1 color coded using colors and color banding as follows (the piping shall be painted a solid color in short lengths as indicated in the first column and banded as shown in the second column.) : 1. 2. Cold Water. Green No Banding ' Be Piping shall be painted in short lengths of about fifteen inches (1511) and banded over the. painted strip as required. Banding shall be approximately ten (10) feet on centers with the bands being about one and one-half (1~) inches wide with one and one- half (1k) inches of space between bands. Arrowe, same color as banding, approximately six (6) inches in length and spaced about ten (10) feet on centers shall indicate the direction of flow in the pipe. Vertical piping shall be marked on each floor. Markings shall be placed adjacent to valve and fittings, except valves and fittings on toilet roan fixtures. All painting for purposes of identification shall be in addition to painting as specified elsewhere. A ' P-14 33* AURA SUPPLUS: Furnish and place in the mechanical equipment room one dozen complete sets of washers. Each set shall consist of one washer of each size used in faucets, bibbs, wall hydrants, etc. This extra equipment Is to be enclosed in a wall mounted wood or metal box with hinged cover. Box to have compartments of ample sire for the different sizes and kinds of washers. 34. DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM: A. Upon the completion of all tests and necessary repairs or re- placements, all water piping systems shall be subjected to a disinfection procedure as herein specified. The systems to be disinfected shall include hot and cold water piping, drinking water piping, fire protection piping and any other systems that ' may be connected to the same supply source. The disinfection shall be applied to all piping Included in the contract from the main cut-off valve through all appurtenances connected thereto, B, Theas systems shall be thoroughly flushed with water to remove sed- Lment. Following this flushing, they shall be disinfected in accordance with one of the following methods: ' (1) The system shall be so chlorinated that a chlorine residual of not leas than 10 ppm remains in the water after 24 hours standing. Water from the source of supply shall be con- trolled so as to flow slowly during the application of chlorine. The rate of chlorine mixture flow shall be in su-h proportion to the rate of water entering pipe that ' the chlorine dose applied shall produce 10 pprm after 24 hours standing. This may be expected with an application of 25 ppm, although some conditions may require more, In tht process of chlorinating the system, all valves and other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline ' is filled with the chlorating agent, (2) For emergency repairs where a shorter retention is necessitat- ed, it will be permissible to have a contact period of one ' hour with a 100 ppm chlorins concentration. C. Following chlorinationg all treated water shall be thoroughly ' flushed from the system at its extremeites mitil the replacement water throughout its length shall upon test be approved by the public health authority having jurisdiction, This satisfactory quality of water delivered by the new system should continue for a period of at least three (3) days as demonstrated by laboratory examination of sampler: taken from a tap located and installed in such a way as to prevent outside contamination. ' After the systems are drained, they shall be thoroughly flushed with fresh water and returned to service, a u P-2 D ' 35. TESTS AND CERTIFICATES: A. Coats of tests and disinfection shall be borne by the Contractor who must furnish the Owner, with a copy to the Engineer, a certi- ficate authenticated by proper public health authority that all required water and piping tests and disinfection have been satis- factorily made. B. Certificates of factory tests, guarantees, warranties, copies of operating instructions, maintenance guides, etc on all equipment and devices shall be furnished to the Owner through the Engineer. 36. FLOOR DR,IINS AND ROOF DRAINR: ' A. Supply and install open hub drains where Indicated on drawings and as required to properly service mechanical equipment. Confirm exact location of hub outlets required at mechanical equipment. B. Floor drain type "A" shall be equal to Josam Series No. 300 cast iron floor drain,, bottom outlet, inside caulk with type "H" chrome plated brass adjustable hinged strainer. C. Floor drain type "B" shall be as indicated on the Plans. D. Open hub drains shall be as indicated on the Plant,. ' E. Install deep seal cast iron P-traps at all floor drains and open hub drains. 1`. Roof drains shall be Josam Series No. 4110 cast iron roof drain with large sump, bottom outlet, removable dome and flashing clamp device integral with gravel stop. Size of drain to be as indicated on the Plans. 37. TYPES OF FIXTE.ES AND FIXTURE TR IN S : A. Supply and install all fixtures indicated on the Drawings. 8. See Architectural Plans for locations of any plumbing fixtures or equipment not specifically located on the Plumbing Drawings. ' Provide necessary plumbing fixtures and connections as required to make some operate to meet code. 1 Co Plumbing Fixtures: rittings and piping shall be brass and wherever exposed, shall bA polished chrome plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome plated brass wherever pipes pass through walls, floors, or ceilings. All porcelain or vitreous china shall be clean, smooth and bright. All shall be warranted not to craze, color or scale. All plumbing fixtures shall be white in color; all water closet seats to be white. All hot and ' cold water supplies shall have chrome plated brass stops. Plumb- ing fixtures shall be of vitreous china unless otherwise specified and shall be of the following types, furnished complete with all fittings, mounting flanges, carriers, caps, setting compourd, ete. 77 P-21 S ry-nboll Item Description W.C. Watar C1osit Equal to Crane Plaeldius 3-359 siphon jet, elongated rim, whirl- pool qu-tet action with 1~" top spud wall b- n Sloan 110 FM Royal Flush a with vacuum breaker and screwdriver angle stop and flush connection. White seat 3-895 and concealed chair Carrier equal to Zurn, or Josam, ' Lav. Lavatory Equal to Crane Norwich 1-194-V with 8-2040 A trim, 20" x 18" Drilled for and with ca pealed arm chair carrier equal :o Jolem C-300 series with block base to suit construc- tion. Trap equal to 8-5260 cast ' body 14" adjustable "P" trap with cleanout and waste to wall, 8-5222 strainer waste fitting and 8.5002 ' supplies UR. Urinal Equal to Crane 7-104 "Expedio" vitreous china blowout action uri- nal, with 1j" top spud and 3" S.P. S. female outlet connection complete with Sloan 180 TYV Royal Flush val•i ' closet carrier and drainage fitting equal to Josam No. C-240. With block base to suit construction. ' 5.3. Service Sink Crane #7-S63, 22 x 18" A.R. ena- meled cast iron sink with #8-3756 ' R.C.P. faucet with vacuum breaker and rigid hose end spout, #84500 chrome plated rim guard and #7-620- 311 A.R. tra standard. Furn{sh ' accessible 9" globe atops on water services to these fixtures. EWC Electric hater Cooler Approved equal to Halsey-Taylor Model WM14A, air cooled hermitic snit, 1/5 HP, US volt, single ' phase, 60 cycle, wall hung, com- plete with Ik" P-trap and 3/8" angle stop with riser. ' SC Shower Drain Approved eq%vil to Josam Series No. 300 cast iron drain, bottom outlet, inside caulk with type "H" chrome plated brass adjustable hinged strainer. Install deep seal cast iron P-trap. w il w Ail, P-22 ' SH Shcmr Approved equal to Powers type HC- 10 for concealed piping with Speak- man SS 2240 tlodel 3 shower head with bent shower arm and escutcheon, ' Shower Lead Pans Provide and install a 6 pound lead pan at each shower stall. ' Completely cover the floor and turn up all around. At walls the lead shall extend up 6 inches. Burn ' all joints or seams so thet the pan shall be aboslutely water tight The area to receive each pan shall be completely covered with not less than two heavy coats of bitumastic paint before the pan is set in place, After each pan is set in ' place, the interior surface of it and any expDoed edges shall be com- pletely covered with not lose than two heavy coats of bitumastie paint, prior to, the application of the floor finishing material. Sink "A" Kitchen Sink Approved equal to £lkay Sturdi- bilt scullery sink Model NSS-8248 24RL double compartment 149 gauge ' Type 302 stainless steel sink with 24 incl drainboards, with 14 gauge stainless steel detachable formed angle legs and adjustable level- ing bolts, complete with LK-13 Wante fittings and LK-67-C faucets, ' 38. WATER HEATERS: A, Furnish and install electric water heaters where shown on the Plans as follows: (1) Water heater No. 1 shall be approved equal to Pressure Ves- sels, Inc. '(Tort' Worth, Texas) Series 36, Model NSAI 70 gallon storage capacity, ASMS stamped for 126 psi working pressure and be equipped with 1SXW, 480 volt, three phase heating element capable of heating 61 gallons of water per ' hour through 100OF temperature rise, (2) Water heater No. 2 shall be approved equal to Pressure Ves- sels Inc. (Fort Worth, Texas) Series 36 Model NSAI 341 with 341 gallon storage capacity, ASM£ stamped for 125 psi working pressure and be, equipped with 90 KW9 280 volt, three phase heating element capable of heating 369 gallon of water ' per hour through 1000F, temperature rise. P23 ' 39. HOSE CABINETS: A. Furnish and install where indicated on the drawings a hose cabinet with the following accessories: (1) Hose cabinets shall be W.D. Allen Cot No. R7169M with 20 gauge steel body and 12 gauge steel door and trim with break ' glass latch shield. Cabinet to have prime coat of paint in- side and outside and be Underwriter's Laboratories listed Install one Allenco aluminum door plaque to read "Fire Hose". ' (2) Hose rack shall be Allenco with hose clip on back of cabinet. Rack to be mounted to allow 180 degree swtng. Hose valve to be Figure 170 Underwriters Labeled angle valve, size 2k inches ' rough brass body of 175 PSIG working pressure. Furnish 2k" to All reducer. Fire hose to be figure 475 Underwriters labeled unlined liner Fire hose, size lk inch, 75 feet long ' cmVlet,`e with Allenco brass fog nozzle and brass couplings attached. Fire extinguisher to be Figure 3080 8 Underwriters labeled 2k gallon Soda Acid extinguisher of stainless steel ' construction complete w{th charge. 40. S, ~1P____Pt~3 ; A. Where indicated on the plans, furnish sump pumps as follows: (1) Sump Pump No. 1 to be approved equal to Chicago Pump Company duplex pumps model LB2, 1750 RPM with 3/4 HP 220v, single phase motor on each pump. Each pumj to have capacity of SO gpm at 20 ft. head and be complete with float switches mechanical alternates, combination varters and complete controls factory wired to motor for me point electrical connection. Motor to have built-in overload protection. Unit to be complete with steel basin cover and 36 innh diameter ' cast iron basing of depth as shown on the Plan:. (2) Sump Pump No. 2 to be approved equal to Chicago Pump Company duplex pumps Model VCSOM4, 1150 RPM with 7k HP 48OV, three ' phase motor on each pump. Each pump to have capacity of 600 gpm at 25 ft, head and be complete with float switches, mechanical alternator, combination starters and complete controls factory wired to motor for cre point electrical connection. Motor to have built-in overload protection. Unit to be complete with steel basin cover. Mount in 72" diameter ' concrete Lasin furnished under another section of the Speci- fications. ' 41. ST~B,ATH~UNIT t Where indicated on the Plans, furnish and install a steam bath unit (4 required). Unit shall be approved equal to Roma Steam bath Unit Model RM 120, 40 amp, 220v, single phase, complete with all controls and safety devices all as manufactured by Milco Manufacturing Co., Houston, Texas. ill toom am% Z O LL o~ ~